NZ765006B2 - Ex vivo organ care system - Google Patents
Ex vivo organ care system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- NZ765006B2 NZ765006B2 NZ765006A NZ76500615A NZ765006B2 NZ 765006 B2 NZ765006 B2 NZ 765006B2 NZ 765006 A NZ765006 A NZ 765006A NZ 76500615 A NZ76500615 A NZ 76500615A NZ 765006 B2 NZ765006 B2 NZ 765006B2
- Authority
- NZ
- New Zealand
- Prior art keywords
- liver
- fluid
- perfusion
- pump
- perfusion fluid
- Prior art date
Links
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 title claims abstract description 398
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 785
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 483
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 481
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 210000003240 portal vein Anatomy 0.000 claims description 176
- 210000002767 hepatic artery Anatomy 0.000 claims description 167
- 210000000941 bile Anatomy 0.000 claims description 84
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 claims description 73
- 210000001631 vena cava inferior Anatomy 0.000 claims description 54
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 36
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims description 35
- 239000003071 vasodilator agent Substances 0.000 claims description 34
- 229940124549 vasodilator Drugs 0.000 claims description 33
- 238000005086 pumping Methods 0.000 claims description 27
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 26
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000003833 bile salt Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000013523 data management Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 9
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000003613 bile acid Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- XOAAWQZATWQOTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N taurine Chemical compound NCCS(O)(=O)=O XOAAWQZATWQOTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000238367 Mya arenaria Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003080 taurine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 claims 2
- KISFEBPWFCGRGN-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2-(2,4-dichlorophenoxy)ethyl sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)OCCOC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1Cl KISFEBPWFCGRGN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims 1
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 abstract description 88
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 abstract description 21
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 11
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 322
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 146
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 124
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 114
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 114
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 68
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- 230000037452 priming Effects 0.000 description 49
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 45
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 45
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 45
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 42
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 41
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 40
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 36
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 34
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 31
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 30
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 29
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 29
- 108010003415 Aspartate Aminotransferases Proteins 0.000 description 28
- 102000004625 Aspartate Aminotransferases Human genes 0.000 description 28
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 27
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 26
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 25
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 25
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 24
- 239000003570 air Substances 0.000 description 24
- 239000010836 blood and blood product Substances 0.000 description 23
- 229940125691 blood product Drugs 0.000 description 23
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 23
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 23
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 22
- 230000004872 arterial blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 21
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 21
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 20
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 20
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 230000000541 pulsatile effect Effects 0.000 description 19
- 210000000013 bile duct Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 18
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 17
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 17
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 16
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- LMHIPJMTZHDKEW-XQYLJSSYSA-M Epoprostenol sodium Chemical compound [Na+].O1\C(=C/CCCC([O-])=O)C[C@@H]2[C@@H](/C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCCC)[C@H](O)C[C@@H]21 LMHIPJMTZHDKEW-XQYLJSSYSA-M 0.000 description 14
- 230000036770 blood supply Effects 0.000 description 14
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 230000003908 liver function Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000005534 hematocrit Methods 0.000 description 13
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 13
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000007102 metabolic function Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 13
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- FQISKWAFAHGMGT-SGJOWKDISA-M Methylprednisolone sodium succinate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@@]12C)=CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(=O)COC(=O)CCC([O-])=O)CC[C@H]21 FQISKWAFAHGMGT-SGJOWKDISA-M 0.000 description 12
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- -1 batteries Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 12
- 235000016709 nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 12
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 11
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 11
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229940001440 flolan Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000013530 defoamer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 9
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 9
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229940087854 solu-medrol Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 9
- 102100036475 Alanine aminotransferase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108010082126 Alanine transaminase Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 206010053567 Coagulopathies Diseases 0.000 description 8
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229940093761 bile salts Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000035602 clotting Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000006213 oxygenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 8
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Adenosine Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 7
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 7
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 7
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241001631457 Cannula Species 0.000 description 6
- NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N Guanosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical class C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 6
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 206010067125 Liver injury Diseases 0.000 description 6
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003633 blood substitute Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011575 calcium Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 6
- 231100000753 hepatic injury Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000005228 liver tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000010410 reperfusion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000005355 Hall effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 5
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229960003767 alanine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000090 biomarker Substances 0.000 description 5
- MLYYVTUWGNIJIB-BXKDBHETSA-N cefazolin Chemical compound S1C(C)=NN=C1SCC1=C(C(O)=O)N2C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CN3N=NN=C3)[C@H]2SC1 MLYYVTUWGNIJIB-BXKDBHETSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229960001139 cefazolin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 230000000254 damaging effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002542 deteriorative effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000035487 diastolic blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000002016 disaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- VWWQXMAJTJZDQX-UYBVJOGSSA-N flavin adenine dinucleotide Chemical compound C1=NC2=C(N)N=CN=C2N1[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H]1O)O[C@@H]1CO[P@](O)(=O)O[P@@](O)(=O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C2=NC(=O)NC(=O)C2=NC2=C1C=C(C)C(C)=C2 VWWQXMAJTJZDQX-UYBVJOGSSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 235000019162 flavin adenine dinucleotide Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000011714 flavin adenine dinucleotide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940093632 flavin-adenine dinucleotide Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000004868 gas analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000010562 histological examination Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000005229 liver cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 208000014018 liver neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000000082 organ preservation Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 235000021476 total parenteral nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 4
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical class [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical class [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 4
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SEQKRHFRPICQDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-tris(hydroxymethyl)methylglycine Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)[NH2+]CC([O-])=O SEQKRHFRPICQDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 4
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229940127090 anticoagulant agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000003146 anticoagulant agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960005069 calcium Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- MYSWGUAQZAJSOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ciprofloxacin Chemical compound C12=CC(N3CCNCC3)=C(F)C=C2C(=O)C(C(=O)O)=CN1C1CC1 MYSWGUAQZAJSOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000001953 common bile duct Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229960003013 epoprostenol sodium Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000020774 essential nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000004023 fresh frozen plasma Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960002989 glutamic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 4
- 201000007270 liver cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960004452 methionine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000009740 moulding (composite fabrication) Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960005190 phenylalanine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003761 preservation solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960002429 proline Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960001153 serine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000035488 systolic blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010792 warming Methods 0.000 description 4
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MIKUYHXYGGJMLM-GIMIYPNGSA-N Crotonoside Natural products C1=NC2=C(N)NC(=O)N=C2N1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O MIKUYHXYGGJMLM-GIMIYPNGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-guanosine Natural products C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1O NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010015719 Exsanguination Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000032843 Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 3
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000029749 Microtubule Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091022875 Microtubule Proteins 0.000 description 3
- XJLXINKUBYWONI-NNYOXOHSSA-N NADP zwitterion Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=C[N+]([C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O3)N3C4=NC=NC(N)=C4N=C3)O)O2)O)=C1 XJLXINKUBYWONI-NNYOXOHSSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-M Pyruvate Chemical compound CC(=O)C([O-])=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229920002323 Silicone foam Polymers 0.000 description 3
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003205 diastolic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000015872 dietary supplement Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000003797 essential amino acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000010706 fatty liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011010 flushing procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940029575 guanosine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960002885 histidine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000002631 hypothermal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003978 infusion fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229960003136 leucine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229960004584 methylprednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000004688 microtubule Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002559 palpation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000001172 regenerating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000013514 silicone foam Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000011008 sodium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000021 stimulant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000003722 vitamin derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-VIFPVBQESA-N (R)-adrenaline Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182837 (R)-adrenaline Natural products 0.000 description 2
- IAKHMKGGTNLKSZ-INIZCTEOSA-N (S)-colchicine Chemical compound C1([C@@H](NC(C)=O)CC2)=CC(=O)C(OC)=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(OC)C(OC)=C1OC IAKHMKGGTNLKSZ-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-beta-D-Xylofuranosyl-NH-Cytosine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AJTVSSFTXWNIRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[bis(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+](CCO)CCS([O-])(=O)=O AJTVSSFTXWNIRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DVLFYONBTKHTER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(N-morpholino)propanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCCN1CCOCC1 DVLFYONBTKHTER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BPYKTIZUTYGOLE-IFADSCNNSA-N Bilirubin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(C)=C(C=C)\C1=C\C1=C(C)C(CCC(O)=O)=C(CC2=C(C(C)=C(\C=C/3C(=C(C=C)C(=O)N\3)C)N2)CCC(O)=O)N1 BPYKTIZUTYGOLE-IFADSCNNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000015081 Blood Coagulation Factors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010039209 Blood Coagulation Factors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N Cytidine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-alpha-Ala Natural products CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M D-gluconate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N D-xylopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1COC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012625 DNA intercalator Substances 0.000 description 2
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000004930 Fatty Liver Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920002527 Glycogen Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000001554 Hemoglobins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010054147 Hemoglobins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010019708 Hepatic steatosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N L-Alanine Natural products C[C@@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-Methionine Natural products CSCCC(N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-arginine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930064664 L-arginine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 235000014852 L-arginine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182844 L-isoleucine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229930195722 L-methionine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229930182821 L-proline Natural products 0.000 description 2
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GSDSWSVVBLHKDQ-JTQLQIEISA-N Levofloxacin Chemical compound C([C@@H](N1C2=C(C(C(C(O)=O)=C1)=O)C=C1F)C)OC2=C1N1CCN(C)CC1 GSDSWSVVBLHKDQ-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 2
- NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N Mytomycin Chemical compound C1N2C(C(C(C)=C(N)C3=O)=O)=C3[C@@H](COC(N)=O)[C@@]2(OC)[C@@H]2[C@H]1N2 NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FSVCELGFZIQNCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)glycine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CC(O)=O FSVCELGFZIQNCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DBXNUXBLKRLWFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-(2-acetamido)-2-aminoethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound NC(=O)CNCCS(O)(=O)=O DBXNUXBLKRLWFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000797802 Oxus Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920005830 Polyurethane Foam Polymers 0.000 description 2
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N Riboflavin Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YASAKCUCGLMORW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Rosiglitazone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=NC=1N(C)CCOC(C=C1)=CC=C1CC1SC(=O)NC1=O YASAKCUCGLMORW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- WBWWGRHZICKQGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Taurocholic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(=O)NCCS(O)(=O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 WBWWGRHZICKQGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108700042768 University of Wisconsin-lactobionate solution Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N Uridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RRNJROHIFSLGRA-JEDNCBNOSA-N acetic acid;(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O.NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O RRNJROHIFSLGRA-JEDNCBNOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-glycerophosphate Natural products OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012080 ambient air Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 description 2
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960005261 aspartic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 2
- OWMVSZAMULFTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis-tris Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)C(CO)(CO)CO OWMVSZAMULFTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003114 blood coagulation factor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002713 calcium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019994 cava Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000019522 cellular metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940088516 cipro Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000005515 coenzyme Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N cytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- OGGXGZAMXPVRFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylarsinic acid Chemical compound C[As](C)(O)=O OGGXGZAMXPVRFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910001882 dioxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960005139 epinephrine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000834 fixative Substances 0.000 description 2
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N folic acid Chemical compound C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000232 gallbladder Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940050410 gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycine betaine Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CC([O-])=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940096919 glycogen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000034659 glycolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- YMAWOPBAYDPSLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycylglycine Chemical compound [NH3+]CC(=O)NCC([O-])=O YMAWOPBAYDPSLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000002989 hepatic vein Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000037906 ischaemic injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003376 levofloxacin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960003646 lysine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960005357 lysine acetate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940101270 nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (nad) Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036284 oxygen consumption Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- HYAFETHFCAUJAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N pioglitazone Chemical compound N1=CC(CC)=CC=C1CCOC(C=C1)=CC=C1CC1C(=O)NC(=O)S1 HYAFETHFCAUJAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011295 pitch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011496 polyurethane foam Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000005057 refrigeration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000005245 right atrium Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N sn-glycerol 3-phosphate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000240 steatosis hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 2
- WBWWGRHZICKQGZ-GIHLXUJPSA-N taurocholic acid Chemical class C([C@@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCCS(O)(=O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@H](O)C1 WBWWGRHZICKQGZ-GIHLXUJPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940052907 telazol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- YXVCLPJQTZXJLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiamine(1+) diphosphate chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CC1=C(CCOP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)SC=[N+]1CC1=CN=C(C)N=C1N YXVCLPJQTZXJLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000012549 training Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 2
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 229960004295 valine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000006442 vascular tone Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 2
- BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N xylazine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1NC1=NCCCS1 BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001600 xylazine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XDIYNQZUNSSENW-UUBOPVPUSA-N (2R,3S,4R,5R)-2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O.OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O XDIYNQZUNSSENW-UUBOPVPUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRYSXUXXBDSYRT-WOUKDFQISA-N (2r,3r,4r,5r)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methoxy-5-[6-(methylamino)purin-9-yl]oxolan-3-ol Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(NC)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC GRYSXUXXBDSYRT-WOUKDFQISA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSINOMROUCMIEA-FGVHQWLLSA-N (2s,4r)-4-[(3r,5s,6r,7r,8s,9s,10s,13r,14s,17r)-6-ethyl-3,7-dihydroxy-10,13-dimethyl-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl]-2-methylpentanoic acid Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)C[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1[C@@H](CC)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)C[C@H](C)C(O)=O)CC[C@H]21 HSINOMROUCMIEA-FGVHQWLLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3beta,5beta,7alpha)-3,7-Dihydroxycholan-24-oic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)CC2 RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N -2-Amino-4-hydroxybutanoic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C(N)CCO UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GCWFONWNYXIKIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(methylamino)propane-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CCC(NC)S(O)(=O)=O GCWFONWNYXIKIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NCDVKGXYZVVEKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[[1,3-dihydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)propan-2-yl]amino]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(C)NC(CO)(CO)CO NCDVKGXYZVVEKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QMSMUDDPQAKUSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-morpholin-4-ylethanesulfonic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OS(=O)(=O)C(C)N1CCOCC1 QMSMUDDPQAKUSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIIIXQJBDGSIKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-morpholin-4-ylethanesulfonic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OS(=O)(=O)CCN1CCOCC1 MIIIXQJBDGSIKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NDMPLJNOPCLANR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dihydroxy-15-(4-hydroxy-18-methoxycarbonyl-5,18-seco-ibogamin-18-yl)-16-methoxy-1-methyl-6,7-didehydro-aspidospermidine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 NDMPLJNOPCLANR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IKKNKVLEBQWWGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)-1-(methylamino)propane-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC(C(S(=O)(=O)O)NC)(CO)CO IKKNKVLEBQWWGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-2-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridine Chemical compound FC(F)(F)OC1=CC=C(Br)C=N1 SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SLXKOJJOQWFEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-aminohexanoic acid Chemical compound NCCCCCC(O)=O SLXKOJJOQWFEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Cyan-hept-2t-en-4,6-diinsaeure Natural products C1=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C(OC)=CC=CC=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=2CC(O)(C(C)=O)CC1OC1CC(N)C(O)C(C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007991 ACES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150034533 ATIC gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002407 ATP formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetaminophen Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710189683 Alkaline protease 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710154562 Alkaline proteinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000945 Amylopectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000856 Amylose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100021253 Antileukoproteinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710170876 Antileukoproteinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- XUKUURHRXDUEBC-KAYWLYCHSA-N Atorvastatin Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C1=C(C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)N(CC[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O)C(C(C)C)=C1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1 XUKUURHRXDUEBC-KAYWLYCHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010003827 Autoimmune hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007989 BIS-Tris Propane buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010006654 Bleomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000003197 Byrsonima crassifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000001546 Byrsonima crassifolia Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710112538 C-C motif chemokine 27 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium cation Chemical compound [Ca+2] BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KLWPJMFMVPTNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Camptothecin Natural products CCC1(O)C(=O)OCC2=C1C=C3C4Nc5ccccc5C=C4CN3C2=O KLWPJMFMVPTNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000049 Carbon (fiber) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001287 Chondroitin sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- RGJOEKWQDUBAIZ-IBOSZNHHSA-N CoASH Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OCC(C)(C)[C@@H](O)C(=O)NCCC(=O)NCCS)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 RGJOEKWQDUBAIZ-IBOSZNHHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-Erythrose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C=O YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-CBPJZXOFSA-N D-Gulose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-CBPJZXOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-Lyxoflavin Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-OH-Asp Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-WHZQZERISA-N D-aldose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-WHZQZERISA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-IVMDWMLBSA-N D-allopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-IVMDWMLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011665 D-biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000638 D-biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-IUYQGCFVSA-N D-erythrose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-IUYQGCFVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MNQZXJOMYWMBOU-VKHMYHEASA-N D-glyceraldehyde Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)C=O MNQZXJOMYWMBOU-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-QWWZWVQMSA-N D-threose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010056474 Erythrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000008946 Fibrinogen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010049003 Fibrinogen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010008488 Glycylglycine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- GIZQLVPDAOBAFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N HEPPSO Chemical compound OCCN1CCN(CC(O)CS(O)(=O)=O)CC1 GIZQLVPDAOBAFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010018910 Haemolysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002971 Heparan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001499 Heparinoid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000027761 Hepatic autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019695 Hepatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004831 Hot glue Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007976 Ketosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UWTATZPHSA-N L-Aspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)[C@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical class NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VSOAQEOCSA-N L-altropyranose Chemical compound OC[C@@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VSOAQEOCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- 239000002211 L-ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000069 L-ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FFFHZYDWPBMWHY-VKHMYHEASA-N L-homocysteine Chemical class OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCS FFFHZYDWPBMWHY-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-VKHMYHEASA-N L-homoserine Chemical class OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCO UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004395 L-leucine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019454 L-leucine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007993 MOPS buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- JLVVSXFLKOJNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium ion Chemical compound [Mg+2] JLVVSXFLKOJNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930192392 Mitomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pteroyl-L-glutaminsaeure Natural products C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N N-debenzoyl-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-10-deacetyltaxol Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H]2[C@@](C([C@H](O)C3=C(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=4C=CC=CC=4)C[C@]1(O)C3(C)C)=O)(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAWFJGJZGIEFAR-NNYOXOHSSA-N NAD zwitterion Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=C[N+]([C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O3)N3C4=NC=NC(N)=C4N=C3)O)O2)O)=C1 BAWFJGJZGIEFAR-NNYOXOHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYRVNWMVYQXFEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nocodazole Chemical compound C1=C2NC(NC(=O)OC)=NC2=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CS1 KYRVNWMVYQXFEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- CVNMWLQPUUKXNT-UHFFFAOYSA-M O.O.O.O.O.O.O.[Cl-].[K+] Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.O.[Cl-].[K+] CVNMWLQPUUKXNT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Chemical class NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Chemical class OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 description 1
- OWPCHSCAPHNHAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Rhizoxin Natural products C1C(O)C2(C)OC2C=CC(C)C(OC(=O)C2)CC2CC2OC2C(=O)OC1C(C)C(OC)C(C)=CC=CC(C)=CC1=COC(C)=N1 OWPCHSCAPHNHAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IWUCXVSUMQZMFG-AFCXAGJDSA-N Ribavirin Chemical compound N1=C(C(=O)N)N=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 IWUCXVSUMQZMFG-AFCXAGJDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000439 Sulodexide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UZMAPBJVXOGOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Syringetin Natural products COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(C2=C(C(=O)C3=C(O)C=C(O)C=C3O2)O)=C1 UZMAPBJVXOGOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000120694 Thestor Species 0.000 description 1
- JZRWCGZRTZMZEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiamine Natural products CC1=C(CCO)SC=[N+]1CC1=CN=C(C)N=C1N JZRWCGZRTZMZEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000008050 Total Bilirubin Reagent Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007997 Tricine buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004243 Tubulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000704 Tubulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000034953 Twin anemia-polycythemia sequence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N Vinblastine Natural products O=C(O[C@H]1[C@](O)(C(=O)OC)[C@@H]2N(C)c3c(cc(c(OC)c3)[C@]3(C(=O)OC)c4[nH]c5c(c4CCN4C[C@](O)(CC)C[C@H](C3)C4)cccc5)[C@@]32[C@H]2[C@@]1(CC)C=CCN2CC3)C JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJLXINKUBYWONI-DQQFMEOOSA-N [[(2r,3r,4r,5r)-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-3-hydroxy-4-phosphonooxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] [(2s,3r,4s,5s)-5-(3-carbamoylpyridin-1-ium-1-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methyl phosphate Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=C[N+]([C@@H]2[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O3)N3C4=NC=NC(N)=C4N=C3)O)O2)O)=C1 XJLXINKUBYWONI-DQQFMEOOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003187 abdominal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 1
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940009456 adriamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004504 adult stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002684 aminocaproic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003484 anatomy Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004037 angiogenesis inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121369 angiogenesis inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KZNIFHPLKGYRTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N apigenin Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1=CC(=O)C2=C(O)C=C(O)C=C2O1 KZNIFHPLKGYRTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XADJWCRESPGUTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N apigenin Natural products C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1=CC(=O)C2=CC(O)=C(O)C=C2O1 XADJWCRESPGUTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940117893 apigenin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000008714 apigenin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N arabinose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000009697 arginine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003121 arginine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001174 ascending effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanide;cyclobutane-1,1-dicarboxylic acid;platinum(2+) Chemical compound [NH2-].[NH2-].[Pt+2].OC(=O)C1(C(O)=O)CCC1 VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N beta-L-uridine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003237 betaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007998 bicine buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003445 biliary tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005842 biochemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000560 biocompatible material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- HHKZCCWKTZRCCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis-tris propane Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)NCCCNC(CO)(CO)CO HHKZCCWKTZRCCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001561 bleomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O bleomycin A2 Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCC[S+](C)C)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 230000023555 blood coagulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036765 blood level Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009534 blood test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000517 boceprevir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LHHCSNFAOIFYRV-DOVBMPENSA-N boceprevir Chemical compound O=C([C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H](C2(C)C)CN1C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)NC(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C)NC(C(=O)C(N)=O)CC1CCC1 LHHCSNFAOIFYRV-DOVBMPENSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009529 body temperature measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002798 bone marrow cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229950004243 cacodylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LLSDKQJKOVVTOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium chloride dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.[Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] LLSDKQJKOVVTOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940052299 calcium chloride dihydrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004227 calcium gluconate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013927 calcium gluconate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004494 calcium gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910001424 calcium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NEEHYRZPVYRGPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanoate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O NEEHYRZPVYRGPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-FQEVSTJZSA-N camptothecin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)[C@]5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-FQEVSTJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940127093 camptothecin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UBAZGMLMVVQSCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon dioxide;molecular oxygen Chemical compound O=O.O=C=O UBAZGMLMVVQSCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004917 carbon fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004562 carboplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005779 cell damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037887 cell injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000038 chest Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorambucil Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004630 chlorambucil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940059329 chondroitin sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CCGSUNCLSOWKJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N cimetidine Chemical compound N#CNC(=N/C)\NCCSCC1=NC=N[C]1C CCGSUNCLSOWKJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001380 cimetidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003405 ciprofloxacin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- RGJOEKWQDUBAIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N coenzime A Natural products OC1C(OP(O)(O)=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OCC(C)(C)C(O)C(=O)NCCC(=O)NCCS)OC1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 RGJOEKWQDUBAIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005516 coenzyme A Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093530 coenzyme a Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001338 colchicine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002872 contrast media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002607 contrast-enhanced ultrasound Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013480 data collection Methods 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N daunorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(C)=O)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000975 daunorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- KDTSHFARGAKYJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dephosphocoenzyme A Natural products OC1C(O)C(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OCC(C)(C)C(O)C(=O)NCCC(=O)NCCS)OC1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 KDTSHFARGAKYJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000779 depleting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001784 detoxification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004683 dihydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KCFYHBSOLOXZIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydrochrysin Natural products COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(C2OC3=CC(O)=CC(O)=C3C(=O)C2)=C1 KCFYHBSOLOXZIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000010339 dilation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 description 1
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019800 disodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GEKBIENFFVFKRG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;2,3-dihydroxypropyl phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OCC(O)COP([O-])([O-])=O GEKBIENFFVFKRG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-camptothecin Natural products C1=CC=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)C5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003668 docetaxel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002961 echo contrast media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940021013 electrolyte solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008151 electrolyte solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001493 electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008753 endothelial function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010235 enterohepatic circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N epipodophyllotoxin Natural products COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC(C2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3C(O)C3C2C(OC3)=O)=C1 YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001123 epoprostenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930013356 epothilone Natural products 0.000 description 1
- HESCAJZNRMSMJG-KKQRBIROSA-N epothilone A Chemical class C/C([C@@H]1C[C@@H]2O[C@@H]2CCC[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@@H](C)C(=O)C(C)(C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1)O)C)=C\C1=CSC(C)=N1 HESCAJZNRMSMJG-KKQRBIROSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000020776 essential amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CCS(O)(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N etoposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@H](C)OC[C@H]4O3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005420 etoposide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002603 extrahepatic bile duct Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940012952 fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000304 folic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019152 folic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011724 folic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004421 formestane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OSVMTWJCGUFAOD-KZQROQTASA-N formestane Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1O OSVMTWJCGUFAOD-KZQROQTASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012458 free base Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- VZCCETWTMQHEPK-QNEBEIHSSA-N gamma-linolenic acid Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC(O)=O VZCCETWTMQHEPK-QNEBEIHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000030279 gene silencing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007614 genetic variation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004110 gluconeogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- BEBCJVAWIBVWNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycinamide Chemical compound NCC(N)=O BEBCJVAWIBVWNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002449 glycine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940043257 glycylglycine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009931 harmful effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008588 hemolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002554 heparinoid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940025770 heparinoids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004688 heptahydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002386 heptoses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002402 hexoses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012841 histidine-tryptophan-ketoglutarate (HTK) solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002454 idoses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008102 immune modulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003832 immune regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940034850 infuvite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000297 inotrophic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002608 ionic liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002584 ketoses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001375 lactose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000037356 lipid metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012317 liver biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002934 lysing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001425 magnesium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000007257 malfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002483 medication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037323 metabolic rate Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000020938 metabolic status Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004857 mitomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002991 molded plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940086322 navelbine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930027945 nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229950006344 nocodazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003865 nucleic acid synthesis inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004768 organ dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- AHLBNYSZXLDEJQ-FWEHEUNISA-N orlistat Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC=O)C[C@@H]1OC(=O)[C@H]1CCCCCC AHLBNYSZXLDEJQ-FWEHEUNISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001243 orlistat Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013021 overheating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001756 oxaliplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DWAFYCQODLXJNR-BNTLRKBRSA-L oxaliplatin Chemical compound O1C(=O)C(=O)O[Pt]11N[C@@H]2CCCC[C@H]2N1 DWAFYCQODLXJNR-BNTLRKBRSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000144985 peep Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000002972 pentoses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005095 pioglitazone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-XVVDYKMHSA-N podophyllotoxin Chemical compound COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@H](O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-XVVDYKMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001237 podophyllotoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YVCVYCSAAZQOJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N podophyllotoxin Natural products COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(C2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3C(O)C3C2C(OC3)=O)=C1 YVCVYCSAAZQOJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920006264 polyurethane film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002600 positron emission tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000160 potassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008057 potassium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011009 potassium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 1
- KAQKFAOMNZTLHT-OZUDYXHBSA-N prostaglandin I2 Chemical compound O1\C(=C/CCCC(O)=O)C[C@@H]2[C@@H](/C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCCC)[C@H](O)C[C@@H]21 KAQKFAOMNZTLHT-OZUDYXHBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010926 purge Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002510 pyrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N rapamycin Natural products COCC(O)C(=C/C(C)C(=O)CC(OC(=O)C1CCCCN1C(=O)C(=O)C2(O)OC(CC(OC)C(=CC=CC=CC(C)CC(C)C(=O)C)C)CCC2C)C(C)CC3CCC(O)C(C3)OC)C ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013102 re-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017162 regulation of protein metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004648 relaxation of smooth muscle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002271 resection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- OWPCHSCAPHNHAV-LMONGJCWSA-N rhizoxin Chemical compound C/C([C@H](OC)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@]2(C)O[C@@H]2/C=C/[C@@H](C)[C@]2([H])OC(=O)C[C@@](C2)(C[C@@H]2O[C@H]2C(=O)O1)[H])=C\C=C\C(\C)=C\C1=COC(C)=N1 OWPCHSCAPHNHAV-LMONGJCWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000329 ribavirin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HZCAHMRRMINHDJ-DBRKOABJSA-N ribavirin Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1N=CN=C1 HZCAHMRRMINHDJ-DBRKOABJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019192 riboflavin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002477 riboflavin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002151 riboflavin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004586 rosiglitazone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003566 sealing material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002091 simeprevir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JTZZSQYMACOLNN-VDWJNHBNSA-N simeprevir Chemical compound O=C([C@@]12C[C@H]1\C=C/CCCCN(C)C(=O)[C@H]1[C@H](C(N2)=O)C[C@H](C1)OC=1C2=CC=C(C(=C2N=C(C=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(C)C)C)OC)NS(=O)(=O)C1CC1 JTZZSQYMACOLNN-VDWJNHBNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002930 sirolimus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N sirolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000329 smooth muscle myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- YCLWMUYXEGEIGD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2-hydroxy-3-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]propane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].OCCN1CCN(CC(O)CS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 YCLWMUYXEGEIGD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009168 stem cell therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009580 stem-cell therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960003491 sulodexide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002935 telaprevir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BBAWEDCPNXPBQM-GDEBMMAJSA-N telaprevir Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N1C[C@@H]2CCC[C@@H]2[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC)C(=O)C(=O)NC1CC1)C(C)(C)C)C1CCCCC1)C(=O)C1=CN=CC=N1 BBAWEDCPNXPBQM-GDEBMMAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010017101 telaprevir Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000003538 tetroses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019157 thiamine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003495 thiamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011721 thiamine Substances 0.000 description 1
- KYMBYSLLVAOCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiamine Chemical compound CC1=C(CCO)SCN1CC1=CN=C(C)N=C1N KYMBYSLLVAOCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002363 thiamine pyrophosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000008170 thiamine pyrophosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011678 thiamine pyrophosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003104 tissue culture media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000451 tissue damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000827 tissue damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930185603 trichostatin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYFITIVXBLE-QEQCGCAPSA-N trichostatin A Chemical compound ONC(=O)/C=C/C(/C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 RTKIYFITIVXBLE-QEQCGCAPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003641 trioses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002264 triphosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])O* 0.000 description 1
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K tripotassium phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004799 tryptophan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004441 tyrosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N uracil arabinoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940045145 uridine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UZVSRGJWSA-N ursodeoxycholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)CC1 RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UZVSRGJWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001661 ursodiol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000024883 vasodilation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003048 vinblastine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincaleukoblastine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(=O)OC)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1NC1=CC=CC=C21 JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGGWPQSBPIFKDZ-KOTLKJBCSA-N vindesine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(N)=O)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1N=C1[C]2C=CC=C1 UGGWPQSBPIFKDZ-KOTLKJBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004355 vindesine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CILBMBUYJCWATM-PYGJLNRPSA-N vinorelbine ditartrate Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O.OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O.C1N(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=22)CC(CC)=C[C@H]1C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C1=CC([C@]23[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]4(CC)C=CCN([C@H]34)CC2)(O)C(=O)OC)N2C)=C2C=C1OC CILBMBUYJCWATM-PYGJLNRPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011179 visual inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 description 1
- RPQZTTQVRYEKCR-WCTZXXKLSA-N zebularine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)N=CC=C1 RPQZTTQVRYEKCR-WCTZXXKLSA-N 0.000 description 1
Abstract
The invention generally relates to systems, apparatuses, methods, and devices for ex vivo organ care. More particularly, in various embodiments, the invention relates to caring for a liver ex vivo at physiologic or near-physiologic conditions. The below summary is exemplary only, and not limiting. Other embodiments of the disclosed subject matter are possible. Embodiments of the disclosed subject matter can provide techniques relating to portable ex vivo organ care, such as ex vivo liver organ care. In some embodiments, the liver care system can maintain the liver at, or near, normal physiological conditions. To this end, the system can circulate an oxygenated, nutrient enriched perfusion fluid to the liver at or near a physiological temperature, pressure, and flow rate. The technique that can extend the time during which an organ such as a liver can be preserved in a healthy state ex-vivo and enable assessment capabilities. ther embodiments of the disclosed subject matter are possible. Embodiments of the disclosed subject matter can provide techniques relating to portable ex vivo organ care, such as ex vivo liver organ care. In some embodiments, the liver care system can maintain the liver at, or near, normal physiological conditions. To this end, the system can circulate an oxygenated, nutrient enriched perfusion fluid to the liver at or near a physiological temperature, pressure, and flow rate. The technique that can extend the time during which an organ such as a liver can be preserved in a healthy state ex-vivo and enable assessment capabilities.
Description
EX VIVO ORGAN CARE SYSTEM
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
The present application is a divisional application of New Zealand Application No.
726895, which is incorporated in its entirety herein by reference.
This application claims the t under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e), of provisional application
U.S. Serial No. 62/006,871, filed June 2, 2014, entitled, “EX VIVO ORGAN CARE SYSTEM”,
and U.S. Serial No. 62/006,878, filed June 2, 2014, ed, “EX VIVO ORGAN CARE
SYSTEM”, the entire subjects of which are incorporated herein by nce.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The invention generally relates to systems, methods, and devices for ex vivo organ care.
More particularly, in various embodiments, the invention relates to caring for an organ ex vivo at
physiologic or hysiologic conditions.
BACKGROUND
t organ preservation techniques typically involve hypothermic storage of the organ
packed in ice along with a chemical ate solution. In the case of a liver transplant, tissue
damage resulting from ischemia can occur when hypothermic techniques are used to preserve the
liver ex vivo. The severity of these injuries can increase as a function of the length of time the
organ is maintained o. For example, continuing the liver example, lly it may be
maintained ex-vivo for about seven hours before it becomes unusable for transplantation. This
relatively brief time period limits the number of recipients who can be reached from a given
donor site, y restricting the recipient pool for a harvested liver. Even within this time
limit, the liver may nevertheless be significantly damaged. A significant issue is that there may
not be any e indication of the damage. e of this, less-than-optimal organs may be
lanted, resulting in post-transplant organ dysfunction or other injuries. Thus, it is desirable
to develop techniques that can extend the time during which an organ such a liver can be
preserved in a healthy state ex-vivo and enable assessment capabilities. Such techniques would
reduce the risk of transplantation failure and enlarge potential donor and recipient pools.
SUMMARY
According to a first aspect, the present invention provides a perfusion circuit for
perfusing a liver ex vivo, the perfusion circuit comprising:
a pump for providing fluid flow of a perfusion fluid through the perfusion t;
a gas exchanger;
a on pump configured to infuse a solution into the perfusion fluid;
a divider in fluid communication with the pump and configured to divide the fluid flow of the
perfusion fluid into a first portion of the perfusion fluid flowing through a first branch and a
second portion of the perfusion fluid flowing h a second branch, a volume of the second
portion of the perfusion fluid being greater than a volume of the first portion of the perfusion
fluid;
wherein the first branch comprises a hepatic artery interface configured to provide the first
portion of the perfusion fluid to a hepatic artery of the liver, the first n of the perfusion
fluid having a first pressure and a first flow rate at the hepatic artery ace, and
the second branch comprises a portal vein interface configured to provide the second portion of
the ion fluid to a portal vein of the liver, the second portion of the perfusion fluid having a
second pressure and a second flow rate at the portal vein interface;
one or more drains configured to receive the perfusion fluid from an inferior vena cava of the
liver;
a oir positioned between the one or more drains and the pump, the reservoir configured to
receive the perfusion fluid from the one or more drains and store a volume of the perfusion fluid;
a bile container configured to receive bile produced by the liver.
According to a second aspect, the present invention provides a system for perfusing an ex
vivo liver at near physiologic conditions, the system sing:
a perfusion circuit comprising:
a pump configured to provide a fluid flow of a perfusion fluid through the perfusion circuit;
a gas exchanger;
a divider in fluid communication with the pump, the divider configured to divide the perfusion
fluid into:
a first portion of the perfusion fluid flowing to a hepatic artery interface configured to provide
the first portion of the perfusion fluid to a hepatic artery of the liver at a first pressure and a first
flow rate, and a second portion of the perfusion fluid flowing to a portal vein interface
configured to provide the second portion of the perfusion fluid to a portal vein of the liver at a
second pressure and a second flow rate;
a heating subsystem for maintaining a temperature of the perfusion fluid at a hermic
ature;
a solution pump configured to infuse a solution into the perfusion fluid; and
a bile container configured to receive bile produced by the liver.
According to a third aspect, the present ion provides a system for ving a liver
ex vivo at physiological conditions, the system comprising:
a multiple-use module comprising a pump; and
a single-use module comprising:
an organ-chamber assembly configured to hold an ex vivo organ, the organ-chamber assembly
including:
a housing;
a flexible support surface suspended within the organ-chamber assembly; and
a perfusion circuit configured to e fluid flow of a perfusion fluid to the liver, the perfusion
circuit comprising:
a pump interface assembly for translating pumping from the pump to the perfusion fluid;
a hepatic artery interface configured to provide a first portion of the perfusion fluid to a hepatic
artery of the liver;
a portal vein interface configured to provide a second portion of the ion fluid to a portal
vein of the liver; and
a divider configured to e the first portion of the ion fluid from the pump interface
assembly to the hepatic artery interface at a pressure between 25-150 mmHg and a flow rate
between 0.25-1 Liters/minute and the second portion of the perfusion fluid to the portal vein
interface at a pressure n 1-25 mmHg and a flow rate between 0.75-2 /minute.
1b followed by 2
The below summary is exemplary only, and not limiting. Other embodiments
of the disclosed subject matter are possible.
Embodiments of the disclosed subject matter can provide ques relating
to portable ex vivo organ care, such as ex vivo liver organ care. In some
ments, the liver care system can maintain the liver at, or near, normal
physiological conditions. To this end, the system can circulate an oxygenated,
nutrient enriched perfiJsion fluid to the liver at or near physiological temperature,
pressure, and flow rate. In some embodiments, the system employs a blood product—
based perfusion fluid to more accurately mimic normal physiologic ions. In
IO other embodiments, the system uses a synthetic blood substitute solution, while in still
other embodiments, the solution can contain a blood product in combination with a
blood tute product.
Some embodiments of the disclosed subject matter relate to a method for using
lactate and liver enzyme ements to evaluate the: i) overall perfusion status of
an isolated liver, ii) metabolic status of an isolated liver, and/or iii) the overall
vascular patency of an ed donor liver. This aspect of the disclosed subject
matter is based on the ability of liver cells to produce/generate lactate when they are
starved for oxygen and metabolize/utilize lactate for energy production when they are
well perfused with oxygen.
Some embodiments of the organ care system can include a module that has a
chassis, and an organ chamber assembly that is mounted to the chassis and is adapted
to contain a liver during perfusion. The organ care system can include a fluid conduit
with a first interface for connecting to an c artery of the liver, a second interface
for connecting to the portal vein, a third interface for connecting to the inferior vena
cava and a fourth interface to connect to the bile duct. The organ care system can
include a lactate sensor for sensing lactate in the fluid being provided to and/or
flowing from the liver. The organ care system can also include sensors for ing
the pressures and flows of the hepatic artery, portal vein, and/or inferior vena cava.
Some embodiments can relate to a method of determining liver ion
status. For example, a method for evaluating liver ion status can include the
steps of g a liver in a protective chamber of an organ care system, g a
perfusion fluid into the liver, providing a flow of the perfusion fluid away from the
liver, measuring the lactate value of the fluid leading away from the liver, measuring
the amount of bile produced by the liver, and evaluating the status of the liver using
the measured lactate values, oxygen saturation level, and/or the quantity and quality
ofbile ed.
Some embodiments can relate to a method for providing a physiologic rate of
flow and a physiologic pressure for both the hepatic artery and for the portal vein. In
some embodiments the flow is sourced by a single pump. In particular, the system can
include a mechanism for the user to manually divide a single source of perfusate to
the hepatic artery and portal vein, and to adjust the division for physiologic flow rates
and pressures. In other ments the system automatically divides the single
IO source of perfusate flow to the hepatic artery and portal vein to result in physiologic
pressures and rates of flow using, for e, an automatic control thm.
Some embodiments of the organ care system can include a nutritional
subsystem that infuses the perfusion fluid with a supply of maintenance solutions as
the perfusion fluid flows through the system, and in some embodiments, while it is in
the reservoir. According to one feature, the maintenance solutions include nutrients.
According to another feature, the maintenance solutions include a supply of
therapeutics and/or ves to support ed preservation (e.g., vasodilators,
heparin, bile salts, etc.) for reducing ischemia and/or other reperfusion d injuries
to the liver.
In some ments, the perfusion fluid es blood removed from the
donor h a process of exsanguination during harvesting of the liver. Initially, the
blood from the donor is loaded into the reservoir and the cannulation locations in the
organ chamber assembly are bypassed with a bypass conduit to enable normal mode
flow of perfilsion fluid through the system without a liver being present, aka “priming
tube”. Prior to cannulating the harvested liver, the system can be primed by
circulating the exsanguinated donor blood through the system to warm, oxygenate
and/or filter it. Nutrients, vatives, and/or other therapeutics may also be
provided during priming via the infiision pump of the nutritional subsystem. During
priming, various parameters may also be initialized and ated Via the operator
interface. Once primed and running appropriately, the pump flow can be reduced or
cycled off, the bypass conduit can be removed from the organ chamber assembly, and
the liver can be cannulated into the organ chamber assembly. The pump flow can be
restored or increased, as the case may be.
In some embodiments, the system can include a plurality of compliance
chambers. The compliance chambers are effectively small inline fluid accumulators
with flexible, resilient walls for simulating the human body's vascular ance. As
such, they can aid the system in more accurately mimicking blood flow in the human
body, for e, by filtering/reducing fluid pressure spikes due, for e, to
flow rate changes. In one configuration, compliance chambers are located in the
perfiJsate path to the portal vein and on the output of the perfusion fluid pump.
According to one embodiment, a compliance chamber is located next to a clamp used
for regulating pressure to effect physiologic hepatic artery and portal vein flows.
In some embodiments, the organ r assembly includes a pad or a sac
assembly sized and shaped for interfitting within a bottom of the housing. Preferably,
the pad assembly includes a pad formed from a material resilient enough to n
the organ from mechanical vibrations and shocks during transport. In the case of the
organ chamber assembly being configured to receive a liver, according to one feature,
the pad of the invention includes a mechanism to m the pad to ently sized
and shaped livers so as to ain them from the effects of shock and vibration
encountered during transport.
Some embodiments of the organ care system are divided into a multiple use
module and a single use module. The single use module can be sized and shaped for
interlocking with the portable chassis of the multiple use module for electrical,
mechanical, gas and fluid interoperation with the multiple use module. According to
one embodiment, the multiple and single use modules can communicate with each
other via an optical interface, which comes into optical ent automatically upon
the single use able module being led into the portable multiple use
module. According to another feature, the portable multiple use module can provide
power to the single use disposable module Via spring loaded connections, which also
automatically connect upon the single use disposable module being installed into the
portable multiple use module. According to one feature, the optical interface and
spring loaded connections can ensure that connection between the single and multiple
modules is not lost due to jostling, for example, during transport over rough terrain.
In some embodiments, the disposable single-use module includes a ity of
ports for sampling fluids from the ate paths. The ports can be interlocked such
that sampling fluid from a first of the plurality of ports prohibits simultaneously
sampling fluids from a second port of the plurality. This safety feature reduces the
hood of mixing fluid samples and inadvertently opening the ports. In one
embodiment, the single use module includes ports for ng from one or more of
the hepatic artery, portal vein, and/or IVC interfaces.
Some embodiments of the disclosed subject matter are directed at a method of
providing therapy to a liver. Exemplary methods can e placing a liver in a
protective chamber of a portable organ care system, pumping a perfusion fluid into
the liver via a hepatic artery and portal vein, providing a flow of the perfiision fluid
away from the liver via the vena cava, operating a flow control to alter a flow of the
perfusion fluid such that the perfiision fluid is pumped into the liver via a hepatic
artery and portal vein and flows away from the liver via a vena cava, and
administering a therapeutic treatment to the liver. The treatments can include, for
example, administering one or more of immunosuppressive treatment, chemotherapy,
gene therapy and irradiation y to the liver. Other treatments may include
surgical applications including split transplant and cancer ion.
In some embodiments, the disclosed t matter can include a perfiision
circuit for perfiising a liver ex-vivo, the perfusion circuit ing a single pump for
ing ile fluid flow of a perfusion fluid h the circuit; a gas exchanger;
a divider configured to divide the perfusion fluid flow into a first branch and a second
branch; wherein the first branch is configured to provide a first portion of the
perfusion fluid to a hepatic artery of the liver at a high pressure and low flow rate,
wherein the first branch is in fluid pressure communication with the pump; wherein
the second branch is configured to provide the remainder of the perfusion fluid to a
portal vein of the liver at a relatively low pressure and high flow rate, wherein the
second branch is in fluid pressure communication with the pump; the second branch
further comprising a clamp located between the divider and the liver for selectively
controlling the flow of perfusion fluid to the portal vein; the second branch further
comprising a compliance chamber between the divider and the liver configured to
reduce the ile flow teristics of the perfusion fluid from the pump to the
portal vein; wherein the pump is configured to communicate fluid pressure through
the first and second branches to the liver; a drain configured to receive ion fluid
from an uncannulated inferior vena cava of the liver; and a reservoir positioned
entirely below the liver and located between drain and the pump, configured to
WO 87737
receive the perfiasion fluid from the drain and store a volume of fluid. Other
embodiments are possible.
In some embodiments, the disclosed subject matter can include a solution
pump including a stepper motor in communication with a ed rod; a carriage that
is ted to the rod and configured to move along a linear axis as the rod rotates,
the carriage being configured to compress a plunger of a syringe when moved in a
first direction and being red to retract the plunger of the syringe when moved
in a second direction; a clamp configured to connect to the r; a connection
assembly including a port configured to couple to a tip of the syringe; a first one way
IO valve configured to allow fluid to flow into the syringe h the port as the syringe
is retracted; a second one way valve configured to allow fluid to flow away from the
syringe through the port as the syringe is compressed; a pressure sensor coupled to the
connection assembly for determining a pressure of the fluid within the connection
assembly; a controller configured to control operation of the r motor; and a
sensor configured to determine when the syringe is fully retracted. Other
embodiments are possible.
In some embodiments, the disclosed subject matter can include a method
including ng a rod to cause a carriage connected to the rod to move along a
linear axis of the rod, ssing a plunger of a syringe as the carriage moves in a
first direction along the linear axis, delivering fluid from the syringe into a port of a
connection assembly and through a first one-way valve as the plunger is compressed,
retracting a plunger of a syringe as the carriage moves in a second direction along the
linear axis, delivering fluid to the syringe through a second one-way valve, and
through the port of the connection assembly as the plunger is retracted, sensing a
pressure of fluid in the connection assembly, and sensing a location of the r
when the syringe is retracted. Other embodiments are possible.
In some embodiments, the disclosed subject matter can include an ex-vivo
perfusion liquid for machine perfusion of donor livers sing an energy—rich
component, a bile salt, an olyte, and a buffering component. The liquid can
include a blood product. The energy-rich component can be one or more compounds
selected from the group consisting of a carbohydrate, pyruvate, flavin adenine
dinucleotide (FAD), B-nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD), B—nicotinamide
adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADPH), a phosphate tive of nucleoside, a
coenzyme, and metabolite and precursor thereof. The liquid further includes one or
more components selected from the group consisting of an lotting agent, a lipid,
terol, a fatty acid, oxygen, an amino acid, a hormone, a vitamin, and a steroid.
The perfusion solution is essentially free of carbon dioxide. Other embodiments are
possible.
These and other embodiments of the disclosed subject matter will be more
fully understood after a review of the following figures, and detailed description.
BRIEF PTION OF THE FIGURES
IO The following drawings are intended show non-limiting examples of the
disclosed subject matter. Other embodiments are possible.
is an exemplary diagram of a liver.
is a photograph of an exemplary single use module.
FIGS. 3A-3I show s views of an exemplary organ care system and
ents thereof.
shows an exemplary system that can be used within an ment of
the organ care system.
shows an exemplary system that can be used within an embodiment of
the organ care .
FIGS. 6A-6E show an ary pump configuration that can be used within
an embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. 7A-7Q show an exemplary solution infusion pump that can be used
within an embodiment of the organ care system.
shows an exemplary system that can be used within an embodiment of
the organ care system.
shows an exemplary system that can be used within an embodiment of
the organ care system.
shows an exemplary system that can be used within an embodiment of
the organ care system.
FIG. ll shows an exemplary system that can be used within an embodiment of
the organ care system.
FIGS. 12A—12G show exemplary graphical user interfaces that can be used
within an embodiment of the organ care system.
H shows an exemplary system that can be used within an embodiment
of the organ care system.
FIGS. l3A—13R show exemplary ments of a single use module and
components thereof that can be used in an embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. l4A—l4S show exemplary embodiments of an organ chamber and
components thereof that can be used in an embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. lSA—lSD show an exemplary embodiment of a support structure that
can be used in an ment of the organ care system.
FIGS. l6A—l6J show an exemplary pad and components thereof and a flexible
IO material support surface that can be used in embodiments of the organ care system.
shows an exemplary system that can be used within an embodiment of
the organ care system.
A-18G show an exemplary heater assembly and components f
that can be used within an embodiment of the organ care system.
FIG. l9A-19C show an exemplary sensor system that can be used within an
embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. 20A—20C show an exemplary system that can be used within an
embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. 21A-21K show exemplary hepatic artery cannulas that can be used
within an embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. 22A-22G show exemplary portal vein cannulas that can be used within
an embodiment ofthe organ care system.
FIGS. N show an ary connector that can be used within an
embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. 24A-24L show an exemplary tor that can be used within an
embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. 25A-24D show exemplary clamps that can be used within an
embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. 26-27 show exemplary processes that can be used in embodiments of an
organ care .
shows exemplary test results from an embodiment of an organ care
system.
FIGS. 29 shows an exemplary s that can be used in ments of an
organ care system.
shows exemplary systems that can be used within an embodiment of
the organ care system.
shows the hepatic artery flow (HAF) trend throughout the course of 8
hours preservation on OCS.
shows the portal vein flow (PVF) trend throughout the course of 8
hours preservation on OCS.
shows a graphical depiction of hepatic artery pressure versus portal
IO vein pressure throughout the 8 hour OCS-liver ion.
is a graphical depiction of arterial lactate levels over the 8 hour OCS
liver perfusion.
is a graphical depiction of total bile production over the 8 hour OCS
liver perfusion.
is a graphical depiction ofAST level over the 8 hour OCS liver
perfusion.
is a cal depiction ofACT level over the 8 hour OCS liver
perfusion.
is a graphical depiction of oncotic pressure throughout the course of 8
hours vation on OCS.
is a graphical depiction of bicarb levels over the 8 hour OCS liver
perfusion.
is a depiction of the detected pH levels hout the course of 8
hours preservation on OCS.
shows images of s taken from samples in Phase I, Group A.
depicts Hepatic Artery Flow of a 12hr OCS Liver Perfusion.
depicts Portal Vein Flow of al2hr OCS Liver Perfusion.
depicts Hepatic Artery Pressure vs. Portal Vein Pressure in a l2hr
OCS-Liver Perfusion.
depicts Arterial Lactate in a 12hr OCS-Liver Perfusion.
depicts Bile Production in a 12hr OCS-Liver Perfiasion.
depicts AST Level of a 12hr OCS-Liver Perfusion.
depicts ACT Levels in a 12hr OCS-Liver Perfusion.
s Hepatic Artery Flow on a simulated transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm.
depicts Portal Vein Flow on a ted transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm.
depicts Hepatic Artery Pressure vs. Portal Vein Pressure in a
simulated transplant OCS—Liver vation arm vs. a simulated transplant control
cold preservation arm.
depicts Arterial Lactate on a simulated transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm.
IO depicts bile tion of a simulated transplant OCS-Liver
vation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm.
depicts a AST Level of simulated transplant OCS-Liver preservation
arm vs. a ted transplant control cold preservation arm.
depicts ACT Levels of a simulated transplant OCS-Liver preservation
arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm.
depicts oncotic pressure of a simulated transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold vation arm.
depicts the Bicarb Level of a simulated lant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm.
depicts pH Levels of a simulated transplant OCS-Liver preservation
arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold vation arm.
shows the histological examination of Parenchymal tissue and Bile
duct tissue.
shows the histological examination of Parenchymal tissue and Bile
duct tissue.
is a m illustrating locations of samples from a liver of a pig.
illustrates the Hepatic Artery Pressure (HAP) trend over the course of
24 hours perfusion on the OCS.
illustrates the Portal Vein Pressure in an OCS-Liver Preservation arm
vs the control Cold preservation arm.
rates a Hepatic Artery Flow in a OCS-Liver vation arm vs.
control Cold preservation arm.
illustrates a Portal Vein Flow in an OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs.
control Cold preservation arm.
s Arterial Lactate in an OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. a
control Cold preservation arm.
illustrates an AST Level OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. control Cold
Preservation arm.
FIG 68 illustrates an ALT Level OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. control Cold
preservation arm.
depicts a GGT Level of an ver Preservation arm vs. control
IO Cold preservation arm.
depicts a PH level of an OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. a control
Cold vation arm.
depicts a HCO3 level in an OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. a Control
Cold preservation arm.
s a bile production OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. control Cold
preservation arm. demonstrates that both arms maintained bile production
rate of >10ml/hr. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
While the following description uses section gs, these are included only
as a convenience to the reader. The section gs are not intended to be limiting
or impose any restriction on the subject matter herein. For example, components
described in one section of the description can be included in other sections
additionally or alternatively. The embodiments disclosed herein are exemplary only
and it is within the scope of the present disclosure that the disclosed embodiments and
various features may be interchanged with one another.
I. Introduction
A. General Summary
Embodiments of the sed subject matter can provide techniques for
maintaining a liver ex vivo, such as during a transplant procedure. The system can
in a liver in conditions mimicking the human body. For e, the system
can supply a blood substitute to an ex vivo liver in a manner that simulates the blood
flow provided by the body. More specifically, the system can provide a flow of blood
tute to a hepatic artery and portal vein of a liver having flow and pressure
characteristics similar to the human body. In some embodiments, the desired flows
can be achieved using a pumping system that employs a single pump. The system can
also warm the blood substitute to a hermic temperature that simulates the
human body and can provide nutrients to the blood substitute to maintain the liver and
to promote the normal generation of bile by the liver. By ming these
techniques, the length of time that a liver can be maintained outside the body can be
extended, thereby making the phical distance n donors and recipients
less important than it previously was. Also, some of the embodiments sed
herein that are used to maintain the liver ex vivo can also be used to assess the
IO condition of the liver pre-transplant. In some embodiments, the techniques described
herein can also be used to treat an injured and/or diseased liver ex vivo using
treatments that would otherwise be harmful to the body if performed in vivo. Other
embodiments are within the scope of the disclosed subject matter.
While the disclosure herein focuses on embodiments that are intended to
maintain or treat a liver, the disclosure is not limited as such. For example,
techniques described herein can also be used, or can be adapted for use with other
organs such as lungs, a heart, intestines, a pancreas, a kidney, a spleen, a bladder, a
gallbladder, a stomach, skin, and a brain.
11. Liver compared with other organs
While the liver is one of many organs in the human body, the liver can present
challenges during ex vivo maintenance and transport that do not exist with other
organs such as the heart and lungs. Some exemplary differences and considerations
are described next.
A. Liver uses two ate inflow supplies
Importantly, the liver uses two unique input paths for perfusate as compared
with only one for other . Hepatic circulation is unique as featured by its dual
vascular blood supply, each having different flow teristics. Referring to FIG 1,
which is an exemplary conceptual drawing of a liver 100, the liver uses two blood
supplies, the portal vein 10 and the hepatic artery 12. In particular, the hepatic artery
delivers blood to the liver having high pressure, pulsatile flow, but of relatively low
flow rate. Hepatic blood flow typically accounts for about ird of the total liver
blood flow. The portal vein delivers blood to the liver having a low pressure and
minimal ility at a higher flow rate. Portal vein flow typically accounts for about
two-thirds of the total blood flow to the liver.
The dual blood supply expected by the liver can present challenges when one
tries to artificially supply physiologic blood flow thereto when the organ is in an ex
Vivo system. While the challenges can be difficult when using a dual-pump design,
they can be intensified when using a single-pump design. Some embodiments of the
subject matter disclosed herein can address these challenges.
B. Assisted drainage of blood
In Vivo, the liver is positioned beneath the diaphragm. Due to this oning,
liver blood flow and venous drainage Via the inferior vena cava 14 is typically
enhanced by diaphragmatic contraction as a result of pressure exerted on the liver.
When the diaphragm moves in tandem with the lungs as air is drawn in and ed
by the lungs, the movement of the agm can act on the liver by applying pressure
to the organ, thereby pushing blood out of the tissue. It is ble to mimic this
phenomenon in an ex-vivo liver to help encourage blood flow out ofthe liver and
prevent blood buildup in the organ.
C. Oncotic re
To minimize edema formation in an ex vivo liver, the ate should have
high oncotic pressure, for example, dextran, 25% albumin, and/or fresh frozen
plasma. In some embodiments, oncotic pressure ofthe circulating perfusate is
maintained between 5 — 35 mmHg, and more specifically between 15 — 25 mmHg.
Non-limiting examples ofpossible oncotic pressures are 15, l6, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22,
23, 24, and 25 mmHg, or any ranges bounded by the values noted here.
D. Metabolism and C02 levels
The liver is a metabolic hub in the body and is in a constant state of
metabolism. Most compounds absorbed by the intestine first pass h the liver,
which is thus able to regulate the level of many metabolites in the blood. For
example, the conversion of sugars into fat and other energy stores (e.g.,
gluconeogenesis and glycolysis) results in production of C02. The liver consumes
about 20% of the total body . As a result, the liver produces higher levels of
C02 than most other organs. In vivo, the organ is able to self-regulate to remove
excess carbon dioxide from the organ. However, for an ex-vivo organ, it can be
ble to remove excess carbon dioxide from the organ to maintain physiologic
levels of oxygen and carbon dioxide and thus pH. The system described in this
application can facilitate establishment of blood chemistry equilibrium suitable for
organ preservation ex vivo.
E. Bile production
The liver is an excrement producing organ. The excrement, bile, is usually
produced and excreted by the organ in vivo. Bile is produced in the liver
by cytes. In vivo, the liver utilizes bile salts to create bile, and bile salts are
recycled through the enterohepatic circulation system back to the liver to be reused.
The bile salts in turn ate the hepatocytes to produce more bile. Ex vivo, bile
salts are not ed back to the liver. As a result, it can be desirable to supplement
perfusate with bile salts to aid the organ in producing bile. onally, in some
instances, the bile produced by the liver can e an indication (e.g., quantity,
color and consistency) of the suitability of the organ for transplant.
F. Supporting a liver
The liver is the largest solid organ in the body, but it is delicate and fragile. In
the body, it is protected by the rib cage and other . Unlike many other organs,
the liver does not include protective elements and is not defined by a rigid ure.
Therefore, when the liver is removed from the body and maintained ex-vivo, it should
be treated more delicately than other organs. For example, it can be desirable to
e proper support for the liver, place the liver on a low friction surface, and/or
cover the organ with a wrap to protect the organ from damage during transport and
while being maintained ex vivo.
G. Perfusate
Given the liver’s wide range of vital functions when compared with other
organs (e.g., detoxification, protein synthesis, glycogen storage, and production of
biochemicals necessary for digestion), the perfusion fluid used in the organ care
system described herein can be lly designed to maintain the liver in close to its
physiological state to maintain its regular functions. For instance, because the liver is
2015/033839
in a constant state of metabolism consuming energy, the oxygen t in the
perfusion fluid can be maintained at close to or more than the physiological level to
meet its high demand as a metabolic warehouse. rly, the perfusion fluid can
also be designed to include sufficient concentration of energy-rich components, such
as carbohydrates and electrolytes, to provide the liver with an energy source to carry
out its functions.
The flow rate of the perfusion fluid can be also properly adjusted to ensure
that oxygen and nts are delivered to an ex vivo liver at a suitable rate.
Furthermore, the carbon dioxide content in the perfusion liquid can be lower than the
level in physiological state, thus further driving the equilibrium of the liver’s
biological reactions to lism and oxidation. In some embodiments, the
perfusion fluid used herein does not contain significant amount of carbon e or is
free from all carbon dioxide. In some embodiments, the perfusion fluid used herein
also contains sufficient amount of bile salt to sustain the need of the liver to produce
bile. Thus, the perfusion fluid for the organ care system described herein can be
designed to maintain the liver’s regular cellular fiinctions to maintain the liver in a
viable state.
III. Description of exemplary system components
A. General architecture
shows an exemplary organ care system 600 that can be used to preserve
an organ such as a liver when the organ is ex vivo during, for example, a transplant
operation or medical procedure. At a general level, the organ care system 600 is
configured to provide conditions to an ex Vivo organ that mimic the ions the
organ experiences when in vivo. For example, in the case of a liver, the organ care
system 600 can provide a ate flow to the organ in a manner that mimics blood
flow in a human body (e.g., flow, pressure, and temperature) and provide similar
environmental characteristics (e. g., temperature).
In some embodiments, the organ care system 600 can be d into two
parts: a disposable single-use portion (e. g., 634) and a sposable multiple-use
portion (e.g., 650) (also referred to herein as a single-use module and a multiple-use
module). As the names imply, the single—use portion can be replaced after a liver is
transported and the multiple-use portion can be reused. At a general level, though not
required, the single-use portion includes those ns of the system that come into
direct contact with biological al whereas the multiple-use portion es those
components that do not come into contact with biological al. In some
embodiments, all of the components in the single-use portion are sterilized before use,
whereas the components in the multiple-use portion are not. Each of the portions are
bed in detail below. This configuration allows a method of operation where,
after use, the entire single-use module 634 can be discarded and replaced with a new
single-use . This can allow the system 600 to be available for use again after a
short turnaround time.
Typically the single and multiple use portions can be configured to be
removably connected to one another Via a mechanical interface. Additionally, the
single and multiple use portions can include mechanical, gas, optical, and/or electrical
connections to allow the two ns to interact with one another. In some
embodiments, the connections between the portions are designed to be
connected/unconnected from one another in a modular fashion.
The disposable module 634 and the le use module 650 can be
constructed at least in part of material that is durable yet light-weight such as
polycarbonate c, carbon fiber epoxy composites, polycarbonate astic
blend, glass reinforced nylon, acetal, straight ABS, aluminum, and/or magnesium. In
some embodiments, the weight of the entire system 600, is less than 100 pounds,
including the multiple use module, organ, batteries, gas tank, and priming, nutritional,
preservative and perfusion fluids, and less than about 50 pounds, excluding such
items. In some embodiments, the weight of the single use module 634 is less than 12
pounds, excluding any solutions. In some embodiments, the multiple use module,
excluding all fluids, batteries, and gas supply, weighs less than 50 pounds.
With the cover removed and the front panel open, an operator can have easy
access to many of the components of the disposable 634 and multiple use 650
modules. For example, the or can access the various components of the single
and multiple use modules and can install and/or remove the single use module from
to/from the le use module.
While certain components are described herein as being in the single—use
portion or the multiple-use n of the system 600, this is exemplary only. That is,
components identified herein as being located in the single-use portion can also be
located in the multiple-use portion and vice-versa.
B. Exemplary multiple use module
Referring to FIGS. 3A-3I, the multiple use module can include several
components including a housing, a cart, a battery, a gas supply, at least part of a
perfusion fluid pump, an infusion pump, and a control system.
1. Cart/Housing
Referring to FIGS. 3A-3I, an exemplary embodiment of the organ care system
is shown as organ care system 600 can include a housing 602 and a cart 604. The cart
604 can include a platform and wheels for transporting the system 600 from place to
place. A latch 603 can secure the housing 602 to the cart 604. To further aid in
portability, the system 600 can also include a handle hinge d to the left side of
the housing 602, along with two rigidly mounted handles 612a and 6l2b mounted on
the left and right sides of the housing 602. The housing 602 can filrther include a
removable top lid (not shown) and a front panel 615 hinged to a lower panel by hinges
616a and 616b. The cover can include handles for aiding with removal.
The system 600 can e an AC power cable 618, along with a frame for
securing the power cable, both which can be located on the lower n of the left
side of the housing 602. A power switch 622, which can also located on the lower
section of the left side, can enable an operator to restart the system software and
onics.
shows a front perspective View of the multiple use module 650 with
the single use module 634 removed. As shown, the multiple use module 650 can
include the cart 604 and the housing 602, along with all of the components mounted
to/in it. The multiple use module 650 also es a bracket assembly 638 for
receiving and locking into place the single use module 634. An exemplary bracket
assembly 638 is shown in .
In some embodiments, the housing 602 can include a fluid tight basin, which
is configured to capture any ion fluid and/or any other fluid that may
inadvertently leak from the upper portion of the g 602 and prevent it from
reaching the lower section of the housing 602. Thus, in some embodiments, the basin
can shield the electronic components of the system 600 from leaked fluid. In some
embodiments, the basin 652 can be sized to accommodate the entire volume of fluids
used in the system 600 at any particular time.
The system 600 can also include the operator interface module 146, along with
a cradle 623 for holding the operator interface module 146. The operator ace
module 146 can include a display 624 for displaying information to an operator. The
operator interface module 146 can also include a ble and depressible knob 626
for selecting n multiple parameters and display screens. The knob 626 can also
be used to set parameters for automatic control of the system 600, as well as to
provide manual control over the operation of the system 600. In some embodiments,
the operator interface module 146 can include its own battery and may be d
from the cradle 623 and used in a wireless mode. While in the cradle 623, power
connections can enable the operator interface module 146 to be charged. The operator
interface module can also include control buttons for controlling the pump, silencing
or disabling alarms, entering or exiting standby mode, and ng the perfusion
clock, which initiates the display of data obtained during organ care.
Referring also to FIGS, the system 600 can also e a plurality of
interconnected circuit boards for facilitating power distribution and data transmission
to, from and within the system 600. For example, the multiple use module 650 can
include a front end interface circuit board 636, which lly and
electromechanically couples to the front end circuit board 637 of the single use
module 650. The system 600 can further include a main board 718, a power circuit
board 720, and a battery interface board 711 located on the multiple use module 650.
The main board 718 can be configured to allow the system 600 to be fault tolerant, in
that if a fault arises in the operation of a given circuit board, the main board 718 can
save one or more operational parameters (e.g., pumping parameters) in non-volatile
memory. When the system 600 reboots, it can then re-capture and continue to
m according to such parameters. Additionally, the system 600 can divide
critical ns among multiple processors so that if one sor fails the
remaining critical functions can ue to be served by the other processors.
2. Power system
Referring also to the multiple-use portion of the system 600 can
include a power subsystem 148 that is configured to provide power to the system 600.
The power tem 148 can provide power to the system 600 using swappable
batteries and/or an external power . In some embodiments, the power
subsystem 148 can be configured to switch between external power and an onboard
battery, without interruption of system operation. The power subsystem 148 can also
be configured to automatically allocate externally supplied power between powering
the system 600, charging the batteries, and ng internal batteries of the or
interface module 146. The batteries in the power system can be used as the primary
power source and/or as a backup power source in the event the external power source
fails or becomes insufficient. Additionally, the power system 148 can be configured
to be compatible with multiple types of al power sources. For example, the
power system can be configured to receive le input voltages (e.g., 100V —
230V), multiple frequencies (e.g., 50-60 Hz), single phase power, three-phase power,
AC, and/or DC power. Additionally, in some embodiments the operator interface
module 146 can have its own y 368.
The housing 602 can include a battery bay 628 that is configured to hold one
or more batteries 352. In embodiments with more than one battery, the battery bay
628 can also include a t mechanism 632 that is configured to prevent more than
one battery from being removed from the battery bay 628 at any given time while the
system 600 is operating. This feature can provide an additional level of fault
tolerance to help ensure that a source of power is always available. The system 600
can also include a tank bay 630 that can be configured to receive one or more tanks of
gas.
Referring to the conceptual drawing of g 731 can bring power
(such as AC power 351) from a power source 350 to the power circuit board 720 by
way of connectors 744 and 730. The power supply 350 can convert the AC power to
DC power and distribute the DC power as described above. The power circuit board
720 can couple DC power and a data signal 358 via respective cables 727 and 729
from the connectors 726 and 728 to corresponding connectors 713 and 715 on the
front end interface circuit board 636. Cable 729 can carry both power and a data
signal to the front end interface board 636. Cable 727 can carry power to the heater
110 via the front-end interface board 636. The connectors 713 and 715 can interfit
with ponding connectors 712 and 714 on the front end circuit board 637 on the
single use module 634 to provide power to the single use module 634.
7The power circuit board 720 can also provide DC power 358 and a data
signal from the connectors 732 and 734, respectively, on the power circuit board 720
to corresponding connectors 736 and 738 on the main t board 718 by way of the
cables 733 and 735. The cable 737 can couple DC power 358 and a data signal from
a connector 740 on the main circuit board 718 to the operator interface module 146 by
way of a connector 742 on the operator interface module cradle 623. The power
circuit board 720 can also provide DC power 358 and a data signal from connectors
745 and 747 via cables 741 and 743 to connectors 749 and 751 on a battery interface
board 711. Cable 741 can carry the DC power signal and cable 743 can carry the data
signal. Battery interface board 711 can distribute DC power and data to the one or
more batteries 352 (in batteries 352a, 352b, and 352c), which can contain
electronic ts that allow them to communicate the respective charges so that the
controller 150 can monitor and l the charging and discharging of the one a more
batteries 352.
3. ion fluid pump
The system 600 can include a pump 106 that is configured to pump perfusate
h the organ care system. The perfusate is typically a blood product-based
perfusion fluid that can mimic normal physiologic conditions. In some embodiments,
the perfusate can be a synthetic blood substitute solution and/or the perfusate can be a
blood product in combination with a blood substitute product. In the ments
where the perfusion fluid is blood-product based, it typically contains red blood cells
(e.g., oxygen ng cells). The perfusate is described more fiJlly below.
In some embodiments, the pump 106 can have a systolic phase and a diastolic
phase. The amount of perfiisate pumped by the pump 106 can be varied by changing
one or more characteristics of the pump itself. For e, the number of strokes
per minute and/or the stroke displacement can be changed to achieve the desired flow
rate and pressure characteristics. In some ments, the pump 106 can be
configured to use a stroke rate of 1 — 150 st/min and a displacement of 0.1 — 1.5”.
More specifically, however, a nominal stroke rate of 60 st/min :: 5 st/min can be used
2015/033839
with a displacement of 0.5”. These values are exemplary only and values outside of
these ranges can also be used. By varying the characteristics of the pump 106 flow
rates of between 0.0 and 10 L/min can be ed.
In some embodiments, a perfusion fluid pump 106 is split into two separable
portions: a pump driver portion located in the multiple-use portion 650 and a pump
ace assembly in the single-use portion 634. This interface assembly of the
single-use n can isolate the pump driver of the multiple-use n from direct
blood biologic contact.
FIGS. 6A-6D show an exemplary embodiment of the pump 106. FIGS. 6A-
6C show various Views of a pump interface assembly 300 according to an exemplary
ment. shows a perspective view of an exemplary pump-driver
n 107 of the perfusion fluid pump 106. shows the pump interface
assembly 300 mated with the pump—driver portion 107 of the perfiasion fluid pump
assembly 300, according to one exemplary embodiment.
The pump interface assembly 300 includes a housing 302 having an outer side
304 and an inner side 306. The interface assembly 300 includes an inlet 308 and an
outlet 310. The pump interface assembly 300 can also include inner 312 and outer
314 O-ring seals, two deformable membranes 316 and 318, a doughnut-shaped
bracket 320, and ings 319a and 31% that fit between the o-ring 314 and the
bracket 320. The half-rings 319a and 3 19b can be made of foam, plastic, or other
suitable material.
The inner O-ring 312 can fit into an annular track along a periphery of the
inner side 306. The first deformable membrane 316 can mount over the inner O-ring
312 in fluid tight interconnection with the inner side 306 of the housing 302 to form a
chamber between an interior side of the first deformable membrane 316 and the inner
side 306 of the housing 302. A second deformable membrane 318 can fit on top of
the first deformable membrane 316 to provide fault tolerance in the event that the first
deformable membrane 316 rips or tears. Illustratively, the able membranes
316 and 318 can be formed from a thin polyurethane film (about 0.002 inches thick).
However, any suitable material of any suitable thickness may be employed. Referring
to FIGS. 6A and 6B, the bracket 320 can mount over the second deformable
membrane 318 and the rings 319a and 3 19b and can affix to the g 302 along a
ery of the inner side 306. Threaded fasteners 322a-322i can attach the bracket
320 to the housing 302 by way of respective threaded apertures 324a-324i in the
bracket 320. The outer O—ring 314 can interfit into an annular groove in the bracket
320 for providing fluid tight seal with the pump assembly 106. Prior to inserting O-
ring 314 into the annular groove in bracket 320, the half-rings 319a and 31% are
typically placed in the groove. The O-ring 314 can then be compressed and positioned
within the annular groove in bracket 320. After being oned within the annular
groove, the O-ring 314 can expand within the groove to secure itself and the half-
rings 319a and 31% in place.
The pump interface assembly 300 can also include heat stake points 321a-
321c, which project from its outer side 304. The points 321a-321c can receive hot
glue to take the pump interface assembly 300 to a C-shaped bracket 656 of the
single use portion of the system 300.
As shown in , the fluid outlet 310 includes an outlet housing 310a, an
outlet fitting 310b, a flow regulator ball 310c and an outlet port 310d. The ball 310c is
sized to fit within the outlet port 310d but not to pass through an inner re 326 of
the outlet 310. The fitting 310b is bonded to the outlet port 310d (e.g., via epoxy or
another adhesive) to capture the ball 3100 between the inner aperture 326 and the
fitting 310b. The outlet g 310a is similarly bonded onto the fitting 310b.
In operation, the pump interface assembly 300 is configured and aligned to
e a pumping force from a pump driver 334 ofthe perfusion fluid pump
assembly 106 and translate the pumping force to the perfiJsion fluid 108, y
circulating the perfusion fluid 108 to the organ chamber assembly 104. According to
the exemplary embodiment, the perfusion fluid pump ly 106 can e a
pulsatile pump having a driver 334, which can contact the membrane 318. The fluid
inlet 308 can draw perfusion fluid 108, for example, from the reservoir 160, and
provide the fluid into the chamber formed between the inner membrane 316 and the
inner side 306 of the housing 302 in response to the pump driver moving in a
direction away fiom the deformable membranes 316 and 318, thus ing the
membranes 316 and 318 in the same direction.
As the pump driver moves away from the deformable membranes 316 and
318, the pressure head of the fluid 108 inside the reservoir 160 causes the perfusion
fluid 108 to flow from the reservoir 160 into the pump assembly 106. In this respect,
the pump assembly 106, the inlet valve 191 and the reservoir 160 are oriented to
provide a gravity feed of perfusion fluid 108 into the pump ly 106. At the
same time, the flow tor ball 310c is drawn into the aperture 326 to prevent
perfusion fluid 108 from also being drawn into the chamber through the outlet 310. It
should be noted that the outlet valve 310 and the inlet valve 191 are one way valves in
the rated embodiment, but in alternative embodiments the valves 310 and/or 191
are two-way valves. In response to the pump driver 334 moving in a direction toward
the deformable membranes 316 and 318, the flow regulator ball 310c moves toward
the fitting 310b to open the inner aperture 326, which enables the outlet 310 to expel
perfusion fluid 108 out of the chamber formed n the inner side 306 of the
g 302 and the inner side of the deformable membrane 316. A separate one-way
inlet valve 191, shown between the reservoir 160 and the inlet 308 in stops
any perfirsion fluid from being expelled out of the inlet 308 and flowing back into the
oir 160.
In embodiments of the system 600 that are split into the single use module 634
and the multiple use module 650, the pump assembly 107 can rigidly mount to the
multiple use module 650, and the pump interface assembly 300 can rigidly mount to
the able single use module 634. The pump assembly 106 and the pump
interface assembly 300 can have ponding interlocking connections, which mate
together to form a fluid tight seal between the two assemblies 107 and 300.
More particularly, as shown in the ctive view of , the perfusion
fluid pump assembly 107 can include a pump driver housing 338 having a top surface
340, and a pump driver 334 housed within a cylinder 336 of the housing 338. The
pump driver housing 338 can also include a docking port 342, which includes a slot
332 sized and shaped for mating with a flange 328 projecting from the pump interface
assembly 300. The top surface 340 of the pump driver housing 338 can mount to a
bracket 346 on the non-disposable multiple use module 650. The bracket 346 can
include features 344a and 344b for abutting the tapered projections 323a and 323b,
respectively, of the pump interface assembly 300. The bracket 346 can also include a
cutout 330 sized and shaped for aligning with the docking port 342 and the slot 332
on the pump driver housing 338.
Operationally, the seal between the pump interface assembly 300 and the fluid
pump assembly 107 can be formed in two steps, illustrated with reference to FIGS.
6D and 6E. In a first step, the flange 328 is positioned within the docking port 342,
while the tapered projections 323a and 323b are positioned on the clockwise side next
to corresponding features 344a and 344b on the bracket 346. In a second step, as
shown by the arrows 345, 347 and 349, the pump interface assembly 300 and the fluid
pump assembly 106 are rotated in opposite directions (e.g., rotating the pump
interface ly 300 in a counter clockwise direction while holding the pump
assembly 106 fixed) to slide the flange 328 into the slot 332 of the docking port 342.
At the same time, the tapered projections 323a and 323b slide under the bracket
features 344a and 344b, respectively, engaging inner surfaces of the bracket es
344a and 344b with tapered outer surfaces of the tapered projections 323a and 323b to
IO draw the inner side 306 of the pump interface assembly 300 toward the pump driver
334 and to interlock the flange 328 with the docking ports 342, and the d
projections 323a and 323b with the bracket es 344a and 344b to form the fluid
tight seal between the two assemblies 300 and 106.
In some embodiments, the system 100 can be configured such that the flow
characteristics including pressure and flow volume of the perfusion fluid provided to
the hepatic artery and the portal vein are directly controlled and under pressure
generated by the pump 106 (e. g., the hepatic artery and portal veins can be in fluid
pressure communication with the pump 106). This embodiment is ent from an
embodiment where a pump provides ion fluid to a reservoir (e.g., a reservoir
located above the liver) and then uses gravity to e fluid pressure to the liver.
4. Solution infusion pump
The system 600 can include a solution pump 631 that can be configured to
inject one or more solutions into the perfusion module circuit. In some embodiments
of the organ care system 600, the on pump 631 can be an e-shelfpump
such as a MedSystem III from CareFusion Corporation of San Diego, CA, and/or can
be a solution pump as described below with respect to FIGS. 7A-7P. The infusion
solutions provided by the solution pump 631 can be used to, for example provide
g management of the organ such as inotropic support, e control, pH
control. Additionally, while the solution pump 631 is generally considered part of the
multiple use module 650, parts of the solution pump 631 can be single use and
replaced each time the system is used.
2015/033839
The solution pump 631 can be red to provide one or more solutions
simultaneously (also referred to has having one or more ls). In some
embodiments, the solution pump 631 can provide three solutions: a maintenance
solution, bile salts, and a vasodilator such as epoprostenol sodium. Each of these
solutions are described more fully below. The solution pump 631 can support
multiple infusion rates (e. g., from 1 to 200 ml/hr, although higher/lower rates are also
possible). The infusion rate can be adjustable in time increments (e.g., 1 ml/hour
increment, although higher/lower rates are possible) and changes to the infusion rate
typically take effect within five seconds, although this is not required. At infusion
rates of 10 ml/hr and below, the infused volume can be accurate to within +/- 10% of
the on rate set point, although this is not required. At infusion rates above 10
ml/hr, the infused volume can be accurate to within +/- 5% of the infiasion rate set
point, although this is not required.
The solution pump can be configured to maintain any required accuracy with
input pressures (static pressures relative to the solution pump line connection) of 0 to —
50 mmHg on the on side and 0 to +220 mmHg on the organ side. Preferably,
infusions should not have any flow discontinuities greater than three seconds. After
the solution pump has been ed, air bubbles larger than 50 uL are typically not
injected into the perfusion module. In some embodiments, the portion of the line
between the solution pump 631 and the organ can e a valve (e.g., a pinch valve)
to further control the flow of solution to the organ. The solution pump 631 can
provide status information for each channel such as on state and error.
The solution pump 631 can be used with one or more disposable cartridges
that provide the solution. For example, the portion of the line between the solution
supply and the solution pump 631 can include a spike to t to an IV bag. In
embodiments that include a disposable cartridge to supply the solution, the cartridge
should be capable of operating for at least 24 hours.
The solution pump 631 can be red to be lled via one or more
communication ports. For example, the solution pump 631 can be controlled via
commands received over via a serial port, a network (e.g., Ethernet, WiFi), and/or
cellular ications. Various aspects of the solution pump 631 can be controlled
such as initial available volume of solution for each channel, infusion state (e.g.,
infiising or paused). A l and/or alarm status for each channel can also be
accessible via the communication port. The status for each channel can include an
indication of: whether a disposable cartridge is present, an l volume is available,
an infusing state, an infilsing rate, time remaining until empty, and total volume
infiised. Additionally, the solution pump 631 can be configured so that each channel
has fault-mode infusion rate capable of being written/read via the communication
port. In some embodiments sensors disposed throughout the organ care system 600
can be connected (directly or indirectly through the controller 150) to facilitate
automatic control the solution pump 631 by the controller 150 using an open or closed
feedback loop.
The solution pump 631 can be configured to indicate when failures occur. For
example, when a failure or occlusion is detected the solution pump 631 can illuminate
a fault indicator associated with the faulted channel and/or send a notification via the
communication port. The solution pump 631 can be configured to pause the infusion
in a channel that has d and can restart the infusion after the fault or occlusion
has been cleared. In embodiments where the infusion rates are set via the
communication port, in the event that signals m the communication port are lost,
the on pump 631 can be configured to set the infusion rate to a preprogrammed
mode infusion rate.
The solution pump 631 can include one or more fault detection
algorithms/mechanisms. For example, if a hardware failure is detected the solution
pump 631 can alert a device connected to the ication port that a re
fault has occurred. If a solution and/or organ side occlusion is detected, the solution
pump 631 can alert the device connected via communication port that the occlusion
has occurred. The solution pump 631 can be red to carry out self tests
including power on and ound self tests. The results of the self tests can be
indicated on the solution pump 631 itself and/or communicated via the
communication port.
As noted above, the solution pump can be an off-the—shelf solution pump
and/or a custom design pump. Referring to FIGS. 7A — 7P, an exemplary
embodiment of a custom-designed solution pump 631 is shown and described.
Some embodiments of the on pump sed herein can use a syringe
connected to a motor to control the delivery of an infusion solution. By increasing the
diameter of the syringe, the capacity of the syringe to hold fluid can be increased.
This increased fluid capacity can reduce the number of times the syringe is exchanged
for a new, pre-loaded e. However, syringes with an increased er can
result in the loss of precision during the delivery of solution because as the diameter
increases, the amount of on delivered when the plunger is depressed one unit
also increases. Another exemplary ment of the solution pump uses a relatively
small diameter syringe that can allow for greater precision in the delivery of solution.
However, the solution can quickly run out due to the syringe’s low fluid capacity.
Exchanging the syringe with a new, aded syringe can create problems such as
introducing air bubbles, interrupting the solution delivery, causing an inconvenience
for users, and creating accessibility challenges. Thus, in some embodiments, a
relatively small er e can be connected to an external source of fluid
solution and the perfusion circuit via fluid lines and a series of one-way valves. In
these embodiments, as the syringe is depressed, solution can flow through a one-way
valve and into the perfiision circuit. When the syringe is retracted, the solution can
flow through another one-way valve from the external fluid source into the syringe to
refill it with solution. Thus, some embodiments of this design can allow fine
precision control of solution delivery (e.g., by using a smaller diameter syringe) while
eliminating the need to replace a ded syringe with another.
ing to FIGS. 7A — 7P, an exemplary embodiment of a solution pump
9000 is shown. In this ment, the solution pump 9000 can use a
removable/replaceable cassette 9020 to provide infusion solutions. Figures 7C and
7D show an exploded view of the solution pump 9000 and an infusion cassette 9020,
respectively. In this embodiment, the solution pump 9000 includes three ls,
and thus, is configured to provide up to three different solutions. Other embodiments
can include more or fewer channels.
The solution pump 9000 can be a syringe pump driven by a stepper motors
9002a, 9002b, 90020. The stepper motors 9002 can rotate respective lead screws
9005. Carriages 9042 with ge covers 9004 communicate with the lead screw
9005 and can move back and forth along the screw 9005. The inside of carriages
9042 can also be threaded with ng threads to facilitate movement along the
lead screw 9005 as the lead screw 9005 rotates. Additionally, the carriages 9042 can
also move along linear rails 9041 that facilitate movement back and forth along the
lead screws 9005. Pins 9003 can be attached to the carriage covers 9004 and to a
carrier 9036 that is red to hold a syringe plunger 9017 so that as the carriages
9042 move back and forth along the lead screws 9005, the plunger can be sed
and retracted. The pins 9003 can be threaded to facilitate attachment to the carrier
9036, although this is not required. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 7E, 7F, 7G,
7H, the carrier 9036 can be shaped to fit around and hold the plunger 9017. The
r 9036 can be manufactured in two pieces that can press fit together using
protrusions 9045, fit together via screws, and/or any other fastener to clamp the
syringe plunger.
In some embodiments, the stepper motor 9002 can be configured to operate at
different speeds depending on whether the syringe is being extended or compressed.
For example, when the syringe is being compressed (e.g. during on) the motor
can move at a low speed such as four steps per second, whereas when the syringe is
being extended (e.g., during refill) the motor can be moved at high speed such as
16,000 steps per second. Other speeds are possible. Additionally, each stepper motor
9002 can include an optical encoder on a motor shaft enclosed therein (or elsewhere)
that can be used to track the on and/or speed of the motor 9002. Accordingly,
the position of the plunger of the syringe can be calculated.
In the embodiment shown in , the stepper motors 9002a, 9002b, 9002c
are positioned in parallel to one another, although other configurations are possible.
The pins 9003 pass through slots 9008 in a top cover 9001 and can attach to the
carrier 9036 that ts to a plunger 9017 of e 9016. The connection
between the carriage 9042 and the plunger 9017 via the pins 9003 and the carrier
9036 can be used to depress and retract the syringe, which can cause the syringe to
provide fluid, or refill itself with fluid when ly connected. For example, as the
stepper motor 9002 rotates the lead screw 9005 in a clockwise , the carriage
9042 and the carriage cover 9004 with pin 9003 connected to carrier 9036 and plunger
9017 can move in a direction to cause the plunger 9017 to depress and release fluid
on from the syringe 9016. When stepper motor rotates in a counterclockwise
manner, the carriage 9042 can move in an opposite direction and the r 9017 can
be caused to retract, thereby refilling the syringe 9016 with fluid from a fluid source,
such as an external IV bag.
The solution pump 9000 can include optical switch 9007 that can be used to
detect when the syringe is in a “home” or other position. In some embodiments, the
home on can be a position when the syringe is extended and filled with solution,
although other home positions are possible. The optical switch 9007 can be U—shaped
and can be configured to transmit an optical beam between the two upper portions of
the U (e.g., by having a transmitter on one side and a receiver on the other). In some
embodiments, when the carriage 9042 is in its home position, a flag 9006 on the
carriage cover 9004 can interrupt the optical beam from the optical switch 9007, thus
providing information on the position of the syringe. The flag 9006 can be made of
any material that interrupts the optical beam such as opaque plastic and/or metal. In
some instances it can be possible that the solution pump 9000 loses track of the
position of the carriage 9042 because of, for example, a malfunction. If this occurs,
the carriage 9042 can return to the home position, leaving the e 9016 filled and
the plunger 9017 extended. This can allow the pump 9000 reattain the position of the
syringe t accidentally providing any additional solution. In some embodiments
ofthe on pump 9000, an additional optical switch 9007 can be included to
ine when the syringe is nearly or tely empty.
The solution pump 9000 can also include pressure sensors 9009 to detect
blockages in the delivery line 9010 or output line 9011. An alarm can indicate when
the pressure sensors 9009 detect a blockage by sensing a pressure over or under
predetermined olds. The pressure sensor can be any cially available
sensor suitable for this purpose. In one embodiment, the sensor can be a MEMSCAP
SP854 transducer with hydraulic fluid and a diaphragm. The pressure sensors 9009
can extend through the gs 9012 in the top cover 9001.
The stepper motor 9002, linear rails 9041, and pressure sensors 9009 can be
mounted to the structural plate 9013. A printed circuit board (“PCB”) 9015 can be
mounted to the opposite side of the structural plate 9013 and include electronics used
to operate the solution pump 9000. The plate 9013 can be made out of aluminum or
any other suitable al and can contain a flange 9014 to provide increased
stiffiiess. The plate can also contain a series of mounting holes to provide a
connection point to the top cover and bottom cover.
The top cover 9001 can engage a bottom cover 9018 to e the solution
pump 9000. The two parts can engage along the edges and can be secured with screws
or another fastener. A ng plate 9019 can attach to the bottom cover 9018
(labeled as 9015 in some drawings) and to, for example, the inner wall of the system
600. The top cover 9001 can also e an g 9025 for connector cables that
can connect elsewhere in the system 600, such as to the controller 150.
The solution pump 9000 can engage an infusion cassette 9020 that contains
the syringe 9016. In one embodiment the top cover 9001 can include a boss 9023
with a pin. As shown in FIGS. 7A, 7B, a tab 9021 on the infusion cassette 9020 can
engage the pin on the boss 9023 to provide a connection between the solution pump
9000 and the infusion cassette 9020. Additionally, the solution pump 9000 can
engage the infusion cassette 9020 Via a circumferential groove on the pressure sensors
9009 that can be received by a pinch release portion 9022 of the infusion cassette
9020.
The on cassette 9020 can include the delivery line 9010 with an IV bag
spike 9024 at one end that can be connected to an IV bag or other external source of
solution. The other end of the delivery line 9010 can be ted to a one-way
check valve 9026 that is designed to allow fluid to only flow away from the IV bag
and toward the syringe 9016. The one-way check valve 9026 can be connected to a
connector 9027. An output line 9011 can be ted to a second one-way check
valve 9032 that is ed to allow fluid to only flow away from the syringe 9016
and towards a port 9034. The one-way check valve 9032 can also be connected to the
connector 9027. The output line 9011 can include a filter 9033 that filters particulate
and air from the solution. The filter 9033 can be any filter with hydrophobic
properties that are suitable for this purpose. The output line 9011 can also be coupled
to the port 9034 that connects to the perfusion . Port 9034 can include a luer
fitting. The output line 9011 can also include a roller clamp 9035 that can close the
output line 9011. During use, the roller clamp 9035 can be kept open to allow fluid to
pass through the output line 9011.
Referring to FIGS. 7I-7K, the connector 9027 can be, for example, a Y-
connector. The tor 9027 can include tors 9043, 9044. Connector 9043
can be connected to the delivery line 9010 and connector 9044 can be connected to
the output line 9011. tor 9027 can also include vertical infusion line. The
vertical infusion line can connect to a connector mount. The connector 9027 can also
include an alignment tab 9028.
Referring to FIGS. 7L-7P, an exemplary connector mount 9029 is shown.
Connector mount 9029 can include a connection port 9031 that can be coupled to the
tor 9027 and a syringe mount 9030 that can be coupled to the syringe 9016. A
pressure membrane (not shown) can be placed in the connector mount 9029 to
monitor the pressure in the fluid circuit n the syringe 9016, the delivery line
9010, and the output line 9011 (e. g., using the pressure sensor 9009). The pressure
membrane can be ed to the connector mount 9029 at a on opposite the
connection port 9031. The connector mount 9029 can also be used to removably
attach the cassette 9020 to the top cover 9001 using a snap tor. For e,
wings 9055 can extend through openings in the top cover 9037. By squeezing the
wings 9055 together a bottom portion 9056 can be flexed outwards releasing it from a
corresponding connector portion on, for example, the pressure sensor 9009.
In one embodiment, the syringe 9016 can deliver fluid as the plunger 9017 is
compressed by the nt of the carriage 9042 along the lead screw 9005 by the
stepper motor 9002. The fluid from the syringe can pass into the vertical infusion
line, past the y check valve 9032, into the output line 9011, through the filter
9033, and into the perfusion fluid being circulated in the system 600. Once the
plunger 9017 is nearly or fully compressed so that there is little or no fluid to deliver
from the syringe, the syringe can be retracted, allowing fluid to pass from the IV bag
(not , through delivery line 9010, past the one-way check valve 9026, into the
vertical infusion line, and into the syringe 9016, thus refilling the syringe.
The on cassette can include a top cover 9037 that can engage a bottom
cover 9038, thus enclosing the syringe 9016. A gasket 9039 can provide a seal
around slots 9008 in top cover 9001 to keep fluid from entering the solution pump
9000 through the slots 9008. The gasket can be made of any suitable sealing material,
including foam. A shipping lock 9040 can retain the plunger 9017 and carrier in the
fully retracted position so that carriage 9042 can be engaged in the home position.
One purpose of the shipping lock 9040 can be to ensure that the hole 9092 in carrier
9036 is at the correct location so that the drive pin 9003 protrudes into the hole 9092
when the user installs the cassette 9020. The shipping lock 9040 can be d
before use.
As will be appreciated, the type and configuration of syringe used in the
cassette 9020 can affect how the system is controlled. For example, as the bore of the
syringe increases, less travel of the plunger is needed to provide a given amount of
solution. Additionally, syringes can have different capacities which can affect how
often the syringe needs to be refilled. Thus, it can be beneficial for the solution pump
9000 to know what kind of syringe is installed in cassette 9020. ingly, in some
embodiments the system 9000 es a mechanism by which it can determine what
type of syringe is included in the cassette 9020. For example, in an embodiment of the
solution pump 9000 is configured to work with two different types of syringes, the
pump can include a magnet and Hall effect sensor that can be configured to determine
which of the two types of syringes is being used. For example, the cassette 9020 can
e a magnet having N and S poles. The magnet can be oriented so that only one
ofthe two poles interacts with the Hall effect sensor. When the first type of syringe is
used, the N pole can be configured to interact with the Hall effect sensor and,
likewise, when the second type of e is used, the S pole can be configured to
interact with the Hall effect sensor. By determining which of the two poles is
interacting with the Hall effect , the solution pump 9000 can determine which
type of syringe is being used in the cassette 9020. The sensor configuration is
exemplary only, and other sensors can be used to determine which type of syringes
being used in the cassette 9020.
The solution pump 9000 can be controlled by one or more l systems.
For example, the solution pump 9000 can be controlled by the controller 150 and/or
can include an internal l system. Regardless of the location of the ller,
the ller can be configured to know how many partial or full rotations of the
stepper motor 9002 are required to provide the necessary amount of solution and/or to
refill the syringe. Thus, for example, the controller can know that it takes 40 steps of
the stepper motor to provide 1 mL of solution. In some embodiments, the amount of
solution provided by the solution pump 9000 can be manually controlled and/or can
be controlled automatically by the controller 150.
The solution pump 631 can be red to provide solution flow rates that
vary between 0.5 and 200 mL/hr, although other rates are le.
Some embodiments of the solution pump 631 can include a priming cycle that
can be used to prime and eliminate air within the lines of the pump 631. For example,
a user can assemble a complete line set dry and perform priming cycle until air is
eliminated. For example, each priming cycle can advance 3 mL of air (or solution)
using a special fast-forward and fast refill movement. In some embodiments, the
prime cycle is under user control and/or can be performed automatically.
In some embodiments, when the motor 9002 is operated at a high speed (e. g.,
during refill and/or priming), the high-speed cycle can include a ramp-up and ramp
down periods going into and coming out of peed operation. These ramp-up and
ramp down s can be used to overcome the rotational inertia of the motor 9002.
This function can be implemented by the firmware and/or controller is controlling the
pump 63] using, for example lookup tables that have been calculated to adjust the
pulse rates of the motors 9002 for constant acceleration and/or deceleration. The
ramp-up and ramp down periods can also be used during low-speed operation.
In some embodiments, the solution pump 631 can be configured to
compensate for inherent backlash that can be caused when the direction of travel of
the syringe is reversed. For example, fluid flow can be particularly affected by the
backlash inherent in the motor 9002 and lead screw 9005. Errors caused by sh
can affect the resumption of infusion flow after a refill cycle. To offset these possible
errors, firmware within the pump and/or the controller can capture the pressure in the
syringe chamber at the end of all on strokes. The fast refill cycle can then be
executed and the firmware and/or controller can advance the plunger at a moderately
fast rate until the re in the syringe chamber is equal to the re captured
during the last on strokes. When that pressure is reached, all system backlash
has typically been resolved and the pump can continue infusing at the desired rate.
While stepper motors typically provide the t torque for a given motor
size, and can be easy to drive, they can also consume high amounts of power and can
generate large amounts ofmechanical noise. Thus, in some embodiments ofthe pump
631, firmware and/or the controller can include a dynamic torque fimction that can
operate the motors 9002 at the minimal torque required at any given time. This can
be accomplished using l to analog converters that control the current limit of
each stepper motor driver, which can in turn control the torque provided by the motor.
Accordingly, stepper motor torque can be adjusted to efficiently provide the required
motion. At rest, a small current can be ed to the motor to maintain its static
position without slipping. At the start of each forward infiJsion stroke, the stepper
motor can be run at the selected infusion rate with a predefined minimal torque. If the
encoder indicates that the stepper is not moving as desired, the torque can be
increased until the proper movement is achieved. In this way, the forward on
stroke can be performed at the l torque required to do the job.
The solution pump 631 can also be configured to make up for slippage
between the actual position and the desired position of the syringe plunger. For
example, when firmware and/or the controller determines that the syringe position
(e.g. provided by an encoder) has slipped behind the desired profile, it can double the
rate until the syringe position s up. This process of ng, torque increase,
and/or rate doubling can happen quickly enough to provide uninterrupted on at
the selected rate.
shows an exemplary embodiment of a microcontroller architecture
that can be included in the on pump 631, although this is not required and other
configurations are possible. In this embodiment, the microcontroller architecture
includes a processor (e. g. PIC 18F8722 processor) that receives inputs from, for
example, the controller 150, pressure input sensors, motor current and diagnostic
voltage sensors, Hall magnetic sensors, photo interrupters, and/or encoder inputs.
Using the information it es, the processor can provide feedback to the controller
150 and/or can l the stepper motor drive to actuate the syringes in the respective
channels.
. Gas system, including variable delivery rate control
The multiple use module 650 can include an on-board gas supply such as one
or more common gas ers that can fit into the gas tank bay 630 and/or an oxygen
trator. The gas supply system can include: i) one or more regulators to reduce
the pressure of the gas provided by one or more gas cylinders, ii) pressure sensors that
are configured to measure the pressure in the gas supply, and ii) gas pressure gauge
that can provide a visual indication of the fullness of the gas supply. Each of these
components can be ly lled and/or can be connected and automatically
controlled by the ller 150. For example, the controller 150 can automatically
regulate the gas flow into the gas exchanger 114. While the gas provided by the gas
provided by the gas source can vary, in some ments, the gas supply can
provide a gas comprised of 85% 02, 1% C02, and the balance N2 with a blend process
accuracy of 0.030%, while in some embodiments the gas supply can be between 50%
02 and 95% 02 and the balance N2 and/or Ar. In some embodiments the multiple
gasses can be supplied premixed from a single cylinder or can be provided from
multiple gas cylinders and mixed within the system 600. In some embodiments gas
can be supplied from a portable oxygen concentrator, such as the Oxus Portable
Oxygen Concentrator from Oxus, Inc. of Rochester Hills, M1, or a Freestyle series
portable oxygen concentrator ble from AirSep, or Buffalo, NY.
In some embodiments the system 600 can support a gas flow rate of 0 — 1000
mL/min and can have a set point resolution of 50 ml/min With a gas flow delivery
accuracy of :: 20% in the range from 200 — 1000 mL/min. The system 600 and the
gas supply 172 can be red to provide a gas flow in the event of a circulatory
pump fault. The ranges listed above are ary, and values outside of those
specifically identified can also be used. , in some embodiments the system 600
and the gas supply 172 can be configured to provide an indicator of the pressure in the
gas supply 172 Via multiple interfaces (e. g., Via a gauge on the gas supply 172 and/or
the operator interface module 146).
6. Controller and user interface
The system 600 can include a control system (e. g., controller 150) that
controls the overall operation of the system 600 and the components used therein. At
a general level, the control system can include an d computer system that is
ted to one or more of the components in the system 600 and to one or more
sensors, network connections, and/or user inputs. Using the information obtained
from the sensors, network connections, and/or user inputs, the control system can
control the s components in the system 600. For example, the control system
can be used to implement one or more open or closed feedback systems to control
operation of the system 600. The control system can be a common off-the-shelf
computer and/or a specially designed computer system. It should be noted that
although the system 600 is described conceptually with reference to a single
controller, the control of the system 600 can be distributed in a plurality of controllers
or processors. For e, any or all of the described subsystems may include a
dedicated processor/controller. ally, the dedicated processors/controllers of the
various subsystems may communicate with and Via a l controller/processor. For
example, in some embodiments, a single controller located in the multiple-use module
650 can control the entire system 600, in other embodiments a single controller
located in the single-use module 634 can control the entire system 600, and in still
other embodiments, the controller can be split between the single-use module 634 and
the le-use module 650.
As a fiarther example, in some embodiments, the controller 150 can be located
on the main circuit board 718 and can perform all control and processing required by
the system 600. However, in other embodiments, the controller 150 can distributed,
locating some processing functionality on the front end interface circuit board 636,
some on the power circuit board 720, and/or some in the operator interface module
146. Suitable cabling can be provided between the various circuit boards, ing
on whether and the degree to which the controller 150 is distributed within the system
600.
depicts an exemplary block diagram of an illustrative control scheme
for the system 600. For example, the system 600 can include a controller 150 for
controlling operation of the system 600. As shown, the controller 150 can connect
interoperationally several subsystems: an operator interface 146 that can assist an
operator in ring and controlling the system 600 and in monitoring the condition
ofthe organ; a data acquisition subsystem 147 that can include various sensors for
obtaining data relating to the organ and to the system 600, and for conveying the data
to the controller 150; a power management subsystem 148 for providing fault tolerant
power to the system 600; a heating subsystem 149 for providing controlled energy to
the heater 110 for g the perfiision fluid 108; a data management subsystem
151 for storing and maintaining data relating to operation of the system 600 and with
respect to the liver; and a pumping subsystem 153 for controlling the pumping of the
perfusion fluid 108 through the system 600.
An exemplary embodiment of the data acquisition subsystem 147 will now be
described with reference to In this ment, the data acquisition
subsystem 147 e sensors for obtaining information pertaining to how the system
600 and the liver is functioning. The data acquisition subsystem 147 can provide this
information to the ller 150 for sing. For example, the data ition
subsystem 147 can be d to the following sensors: ature s 120, 122,
124; pressure sensors 126, 128, 130 (which can be the pressure sensors 130a, 130b
referred to elsewhere herein); flow rate sensors 134, 136, 138; the
oxygenation/hematocrit/temperature sensor 140; Hall sensors 388; shaft encoder 390;
battery sensors 362a, 362b, 362c; external power available sensor 354; and operator
WO 87737
interface module battery sensor 370; a gas pressure sensor 132. How the system 600
uses the ation from the data acquisition subsystem 147 will now be described
with regard to the heating 149, power management 148, pumping 153, data
management 151, and operator ace 146 subsystems.
ing to , this figure depicts an exemplary block diagram of the
power management system 148 for providing fault nt power to the system 600.
The system 600 can be powered by one of multiple sources such as an external power
source (e.g., 60 Hz, 120 VAC in North America or 50 Hz, 230 VAC in Europe) or by
any of the one or more ies 352. While the remainder of this description refers to
an AC power source as the external power source, it is to be understood that a DC
power source can also be used. The controller 150 can receive data from an AC line
voltage availability sensor 354, which can indicate whether the AC voltage 351 is
available and/or sufficient for use by the system 600.
In response to the controller 150 detecting that external power is not available,
the controller 150 can signal the power ing try 356 to provide system
power from the one or more batteries 352. The ller 150 can determine from the
battery charge sensors 362 which of the one or more batteries 352 is most fully
charged, and can then switch that y into ion by way of the switching
network 356. The system can be designed to prevent interruptions in the operation of
the system 600 as the power is switched from one source to another.
Alternatively, in response to the controller 150 detecting that suitable external
power is available, the controller 150 can determine whether to use the external power
for providing system power and for providing power to the user interface module 146,
for charging the one or more batteries 352, and/or for charging the internal battery of
user interface module 146, which can also have its own internal r and charging
controller. To use available external power (e. g., AC power 141) the controller 150
can draw the external power into the power management system 148 by signaling
through the switching system 164. In the event that the external power source is AC,
the power management system 148 can also receive the external AC and convert it to
a DC for providing power to the system 600. The power management system 148 can
be universal and can handle any line frequencies or line voltages commonly used
throughout the world. According to the illustrative embodiment, in response to a low
battery indication from one or more of the battery sensors 362, the controller 150 can
also direct power via the switching network 364 and the ng circuit 366 to the
appropriate battery. In response to the controller 150 receiving a low battery signal
from the sensor 370 (which can r a battery in the user interface module 146), it
can also or alternatively direct a charging voltage 367 to the user ace battery
368. In some embodiments, the power ment subsystem 148 can select
batteries to power the system 600 using an algorithm to best provide for battery
longevity, including selecting in order of least-charged first as well as other factors,
such as least number of charge cycles. If the battery that is currently being used to
power the system 600 is removed by the user, the power management subsystem 148
can automatically switch to the next battery per the algorithm to continue powering
the system 600.
ing to , an exemplary ment of the heating subsystem 149
is shown. The heating tem 149 can control the temperature of the perfusion
fluid 108 within the system 600 through, for example, a dual feedback loop approach.
In the first loop 251 (the perfusion fluid temperature loop), the perfusion fluid
temperature thermistor sensor 124 provides two (fault tolerant) signals 125 and 127 to
the controller 150. The s 125 and 127 are typically indicative of the
temperature of the perfusion fluid 108 as it exits the heater assembly 110. The
controller 150 can regulate the drive signals 285 and 287 to the drivers 247 and 249,
respectively. The drivers 247 and 249 can convert corresponding digital level signals
285 and 287 from the ller 150 to heater drive signals 281 and 283, respectively,
having sufficient current levels to drive the first 246 and second 248 heaters to heat
the perfusion fluid 108 to within a desired temperature range. In response to the
controller 150 detecting that the perfusion fluid temperatures 125 and 127 are below
the desired temperature range, it can set the drive signals 281 and 283 to the first 246
and second 248 heaters, respectively, to a sufficient level to continue to heat the
perfusion fluid 108. Conversely, in response to the controller 150 detecting that the
perfusion fluid temperatures 125 and 127 are above the desired temperature range, it
can decrease the drive signals 281 and 283 to the first 246 and second 248 heaters,
respectively. In response to detecting that the temperature of the perfusion fluid 108
is within the desired temperature range, the controller 150 can maintain the drive
signals 281 and 283 at constant or ntially constant . The temperature
control system can be lled to warm the perfusate to a temperature range
between 0 — 50° C, and more cally between 32 — 42° C, and even more
specifically between 32 — 37° C. These ranges are ary only and the
temperature control system can be controlled to warm the perfusate to any
temperature range falling within 0 — 50° C. The desired temperature can be user-
selectable and/or automatically controlled by the controller 150. As used herein and
in the claims, “normothermic” is defined a temperature between 34-37° C.
In some embodiments, the controller 150 can vary the drive signals 281 and
283, which can control the first and second heaters, in substantially the same manner.
r, this is not required. For e, each heater 246 and 248 may respond
differently to a particular current or voltage level drive signal. In such a case, the
controller 150 can drive each heater 246 and 248 at a slightly different level to obtain
the same temperature from each. In some embodiments, the heaters 246 and 248 can
each have an associated calibration factor, which the controller 150 stores and
employs when ining the level of a particular drive signal to provide to a
particular heater to achieve a particular temperature result. In certain configurations,
the controller 150 can set one of the stors in dual sensor 124 as the default
thermistor, and will use the temperature reading from the default thermistor in
ces where the thermistors give two different temperature readings. In some
embodiments, where the temperature readings are within a pre—defined range, the
controller 150 can use the higher of the two readings. The drivers 247 and 249 can
apply the heater drive signals 28] and 283 to corresponding drive leads 282a and
282b on the heater assembly 110.
In the second loop 253 (the heater temperature loop), the heater ature
sensors 120 and 122 can provide signals 121 and 123, indicative of the temperatures
of the heaters 246 and 248, respectively, to the controller 150. According to the
illustrated embodiment, a temperature ceiling can be established for the heaters 246
and 248 (e.g., by default, operator selection, or automatically determined by the
controller 150), above which the temperatures of the s 246 and 248 are not
allowed to rise. As the temperatures of the heaters 246 and 248 rise and approach the
temperature ceiling, the sensors 121 and 123 can indicate the same to the controller
150, which can then lower the drive signals 281 and 283 to the heaters 246 and 248 to
reduce or stop the supply of power to the heaters 246 and 248. Thus, while a low
ature signal 125 or 127 from the perfusion fluid temperature sensor 124 can
cause the controller 150 to increase power to the heaters 246 and 248, the heater
temperature sensors 120 and 122 ensure that the heaters 246 and 248 are not driven to
a degree that would cause their respective heater plates 250 and 252 to become hot
enough to damage the perfusion fluid 108.
In some embodiments, the controller 150 can be configured to maintain the
perfusion fluid temperature between 0-50° C. In some embodiments the perfiJsate is
ined within a temperature range of 32-42° C, or in some more specific
embodiments in the rage of 35-3 7° C. In some embodiments, the controller can be
configured to limit the temperature of the heater plates 250 and 252 to 38° C, 39° C,
40° C, 41° C, or 42° C. All of the ranges and numbers identified herein are
ary and values outside of these ranges can also be used. Lastly, to the extent
that the claims recite “substantially” in connection with a specific ature value
or range, this means that the ature is to be within the operational temperature
swing range of the heater/control system used. For example, if the claimed
temperature is “substantially 32° C,” and a heater/control system is used in an accused
product that maintains the temperature within :: 5% of a desired value, then any
temperature that is i 5% of 32° C is “substantially 32° C.”
As can be seen, the second loop 253 can be configured to override the first
loop 251, if necessary, such that temperature readings from temperature sensors 120
and 122 indicating that the s 246 and 248 are approaching the maximum
allowable temperature override the effect of any low temperature signal from the
perfusion fluid temperature sensor 124. In this respect, the subsystem 149 can ensure
that the temperature of the heater plates 250 and 252 do not rise above the maximum
ble temperature, even if the temperature of the-perfilsion fluid 108 has not
reached the desired temperature value. This override feature can be particularly
ant during failure situations. For example, if the perfusion fluid ature
sensors 124 both fail, the second loop 253 can stop the heater assembly 110 from
overheating and damaging the perfiision fluid 108 by ing control exclusively to
the heater temperature sensors 120 and 122 and ng the temperature set point to
a fixed value. In some embodiments, the controller 150 can take into t two
time constants assigned to the delays associated with the temperature measurements
from the heaters 246 and 248 and perfilsion fluid 108 to optimize the dynamic
response of the temperature controls.
In some embodiments, the user can be provided with the option to disable the
blood warming feature of the system 600. In this manner, the system can more
efficiently support cooling of the liver during the post-preservation chilling procedure.
In some embodiments, the heater ly 110 (or a separate device, such as a gas
ger with integrated cooling interface) can function as a chiller to cool the
temperature of the perfusion fluid.
g now to the operator interface subsystem 146, FIGS. 12A-12G show
various exemplary display screens of the operator interface subsystem 146. The
display screens can enable the operator to receive information from and provide
commands to the system 600. A depicts an exemplary top level "home page"
screen 400. From the screen 400 an operator can typically access most if not all of the
data available from the data acquisition subsystem 147, and can typically provide any
d commands to the controller 150. For example, a user can monitor and adjust
the pumping subsystem 153 via the screen 400. As described in more detail in
reference to FIGS. G, the screen 400 can also allow the operator to access
more detailed display screens for obtaining information, ing commands and
setting operator selectable parameters.
In this exemplary embodiment, the screen 400 includes various portions each
displaying ent pieces of information and/or ing different inputs. However,
screen 400 is exemplary only and the information displayed by the screen 400 can be
customized by the user (e.g., using dialog 590 described below in F). The
values displayed on the screen 400 can be updated at regular als such as once
every second. In this particular example, the screen 400 includes the ing
0 Portion 402 that displays the hepatic artery flow rate. This value can
be an indication of the flow at the flow sensor 138b.
o Portion 404 that ys the portal vein flow rate. This value can be an
indication of the flow at the flow sensor 138a.
o Portion 406 that displays the oxygen saturation (SvOz) of the perfusion
fluid leaving the liver as measured by, for example, the sensor 140.
o Portion 408 that displays the hematocrit (HCT) level of the perfilsion
fluid leaving the liver as measured by, for example, the sensor 140.
o Portion 410 that displays the desired and measured temperature of the
perfiisate. In this embodiment, the , top number represents the
measured temperature whereas the smaller number listed below
represents the temperature at which the desired perfusate temperature
is set. The temperature can be ed from one ofmore locations
such as at the output of the heater assembly 110 using the temperature
sensors 120 and 122, and in some ments sensor 140.
o Portion 412 that displays the flow rate as measured by flow sensor 136.
o Portion 414 that displays ic/diastolic pressure in the hepatic
artery. The number in parentheses below the systolic/diastolic
pressures is an arithmetic mean of the pressure waveform. This
systolic/diastolic/mean pressure in the hepatic artery can be determined
by the pressure sensor 130a.
o Portion 416 that ys a waveform of the hepatic artery pressure
over time.
o Portion 418 that displays systolic/diastolic pressure in the portal vein.
Number in parentheses below the systolic/diastolic pressures is an
arithmetic mean of the two. The systolic/diastolic pressure in the portal
vein can be determined by the pressure sensor 13%.
o Portion 420 that displays a waveform of the portal vein pressure over
time.
o Portion 422 that ys the hepatic artery pressure ed over
time (e.g., two minutes).
0 Portion 424 that displays the hepatic artery flow rate averaged over
time (e.g., two minutes).
0 Portion 426 that a graphical representation of the values from portion
422 and 424 over time. In this embodiment, the graph represents a 3 1/2
hour time window. In some embodiments, the portion 426 can be
controlled by the user to show different periods of time.
o n 428 that displays an icon showing that the perfusion pump is
running.
0 Portion 429 (which is not illuminated in this e) can show an
organ type indicator that indicates which organ is being perfused and
which mode of operation is being used. For example, an “M” can be
used to indicate that the system 600 is in a maintenance mode.
0 Portion 430 that displays the status of a storage medium included in the
system 600 (e.g., an SD card).
o Portion 432 that displays the flow rate from the onboard gas .
This portion can also display the amount of time remaining before the
onboard gas supply runs out.
o Portion 434 that displays the status of the power supply system. In this
ment, the system 600 includes three batteries, where each
battery has a corresponding status indicator showing the degree to
which the battery is charged. This portion also tes whether the
system 600 is connected to an external power source (by showing a
plug icon). In some embodiments, this portion can also include a
numerical indication of the amount of time that the batteries can run
the system 600 in the current mode of ion.
0 Portion 436 that displays the status and charge remaining of the battery
included in the operator interface module 146. This portion can also
include an indication of the amount of time remaining for which the
battery in the operator interface module 146 can support it in a wireless
mode of operation.
0 Portion 438 that displays the status of a network and/or ar
connection. This portion can also identify r the operator
interface module 146 is operating in a wireless 464 fashion, along with
a graphical representation 463 of the th of the wireless
connection between the operator interface module 146 and the
remainder of the system 600.
0 Additional portions can be displayed to show when one or more alarms
and/or ns of the system 600 have been disabled by the user.
As can be seen in A—12G some ns can also include alarm range
indicators (e.g., indicator 440) that indicates where the current value falls within an
allowable range. Each portion can also e an alarm indicator (not shown)
indicating that the respective values are outside of the range indicated by the
corresponding range indicator. The range indicator for each tive value can be
tied to the alarm values set in dialog 512 or independently set by the user. The screen
400 can be implemented on a touch screen interface. In portions that accept user
input, the user can touch a specific portion to change the value therein using the knob
626.
Referring to FIGS. 12B, 12C, and 12D, a user can select to enter a
configuration menu 484. In some embodiments of the system, the configuration menu
484 can be limited to a n of the screen so that the user can continue to monitor
the ation displayed on the screen. Using the configuration menu, the user can
program desired operational parameters for the system 600. In this embodiment of
the ration menu 484, the menu has three tabbed pages 484a, 484b, 484C
(“Liver,” “System,” and “Actions”).
In tabbed page 484a, the Liver tab is shown. In this tab the user is able to
enter alarm dialog 512 (described below with respect to E), select the data
shown in the middle graphic frame, select the data shown in the bottom graphic
frame, set the desired gas flow rate, and set the desired temperature. Changes made in
the tabbed page 484a can be reflected in the screen 400.
In tabbed page 484b, the System tab is shown. In this tab, the user can adjust
one or more display features of the system 600. For example, the user can select
which units are used to display the various measurements (e.g., pascal versus mmHg),
can restore factory defaults, can store new default settings, and can e saved
default settings. From this tab a service technician can also enable a wireless
connection from a service laptop to the system 600. Changes made in the tabbed page
484b can be reflected in the screen 400.
In tabbed page 4840, the Actions tab is shown. In this menu, the user can
display the status of the machine, display a summary of all of the alarms, can adjust
the scale of displayed measurements, and/or can interact with the data stored by the
system 600. For example, in some embodiments the user can withdraw a sample of
the perfiasion fluid and perform an external test on it. The user can then manually
enter the value obtained by the external test into the data stream being maintained by
the system 600. In this , system 600 can e all data relevant to the organ
being transplanted, regardless of whether that data was ted externally from the
system 600.
Referring to E, alarm dialog 512 displays the ters associated
with the operation of the system 600. In this embodiment, there are alarms for hepatic
artery flow (HAF), portal vein pressure (PVP), hepatic artery pressure (HAP), inferior
vena cava pressure (IVCP), perfiasion fluid temperature (Temp), oxygen saturation
(SvOz), hematocrit (HCT). More of fewer ters can be included in the dialog
512. Row 514 indicates an upper alarm limit (e.g., a value above this number will
cause an alarm) and row 516 indicates a lower alarm limit (e.g., a value below this
number will cause an alarm). The user can also enable/disable individual alarms by
selecting the ated alarm icon in row 518. The icons in row 518 can indicate
whether an individual alarm is enabled or disabled (e. g., in E the alarm for
IVCP is disabled). The alarm limits can be predetermined, user le, and/or
determined in real-time by the ller 150. In some ments, the system 600
can be red to automatically switch between sets of alarm limits for a given
flow mode upon changing the flow mode. Changes made in the dialog 512 can be
reflected in the screen 400.
F shows an exemplary user interface (dialog 590) in which a user can
select what the various portions of screen 400 display. For example, in F, the
user can choose to display the realtime waveform of the hepatic artery pressure, portal
vein pressure or IVC pressure, or choose to y trend graphs for those or other
measured parameters in a portion of the screen 400. Other waveforms can also be
calculated and displayed by the controller 150.
G shows an exemplary user interface (dialog 592) in which a user can
adjust parameters of the g subsystem 153. In this example, the user can adjust
the pump flow and turn the pump on/off.
The data management subsystem 151 can receive and store data and system
information from the various other subsystems. The data and other information can
be downloaded to a portable memory device and organized within a database, as
desired by an operator. The stored data and information can be accessed by an
operator and displayed through the operator interface subsystem 146. The data
management system 151 can be configured to store in the information in one or more
places. For example, the data management subsystem 151 can be configured to store
data in storage that is internal to the system 600 (e.g., a hard drive, a flash drive, an
SD card, a compact flash card, RAM, ROM, CD, DVD) and/or external to the system
(e.g., a remote storage memory or Cloud storage).
In embodiments using external storage, the data management subsystem 151
(or another part of the controller 150) can communicate with the al storage over
various communication connections such as point-to-point network connections,
intranets, and the Internet. For example, the data ment subsystem 151 can
communicate with a remote storage medium or “the Cloud” (e.g., data s and
storage devices on a shared and/or private network) via a WiFi network (e.g., 802.11),
a cellular connection (e. g., LTE), a Bluetooth (e. g., 802.15), infrared tion, a
satellite-based connection, and/or a hard-wired network connection (e.g., Ethernet).
In some embodiments, the data ment subsystem can be configured to
automatically detect the best network connection to communicate with the remote
storage device and/or Cloud. For example, the data management subsystem can be
red to default to known WiFi networks and automatically switch to a cellular
network when no known WiFi networks are available. Remote and Cloud based
embodiments are discussed more fully below.
Referring to H, the pumping subsystem 153 will now be described in
further detail. The controller 150 can operate the pumping subsystem 153 by sending
a drive signal 339 to a brushless three—phase pump motor 360 using Hall Sensor
feedback. The drive signal 339 can cause the pump motor shaft 337 to , thereby
causing the pump screw 341 to extent and retract the pump driver 334. According to
the illustrative embodiment, the drive signal 339 is controlled to change a rotational
direction and rotational velocity of the motor shaft 337 to cause the pump driver 334
to extract and retract cyclically. This cyclical motion can pump the perfilsion fluid
through the system 600.
The controller 150 can receive a first signal 387 from the Hall s 388
positioned integrally within the pump motor shaft 337 to te the position of the
pump motor shaft 337 for purposes of commutating the motor winding currents. The
controller 150 can receive a second higher resolution signal 389 from a shaft r
sensor 390 indicating a precise onal position of the pump screw 341. From the
current motor commutation phase position 387 and the current onal position 389,
the ller 150 can calculate the appropriate drive signal 339 (both magnitude and
polarity) to cause the necessary rotational change in the motor shaft 337 to cause the
2015/033839
riate position change in the pump screw 341 to achieve the desired pumping
action. By varying the magnitude of the drive signal 339, the controller 150 can vary
the pumping rate (i.e., how often the pumping cycle repeats) and by varying the
rotational ion changes, the controller 150 can vary the pumping stroke volume
(e. g., by varying how far the pump driver 334 moves during a cycle). Generally
speaking, the cyclical pumping rate regulates the pulsatile rate at which the ion
fluid 108 is provided to the liver, while (for a given rate) the pumping stroke regulates
the volume of perfusion fluid provided to the liver.
Both the rate and stroke volume affect the flow rate, and indirectly the
pressure, of the perfusion fluid 108 to the liver. As described herein, the system 600
can e three flow rate s 134, 136 and 138, and three pressure sensors 126,
128, and 130. The sensors 134, 136, and 138 can provide corresponding flow rate
signals 135, 137 and 139 to the controller 150. Similarly, the sensors 126, 128 and
130 can provide corresponding pressure signals 129, 131 and 133 to the controller
150. The controller 150 can use all of these signals in feedback to ensure that the
commands that it is providing to the perfusion pump 106 have the desired effect on
the system 600. In some instances, the controller 150 can generate various alarms in
response to a signal indicating that a ular flow rate or fluid pressure is e an
acceptable range. Additionally, employing multiple sensors enables the controller 150
to distinguish between a ical issue (e.g., a conduit blockage) with the system
600 and a biological issue with the liver.
While the above discloses the use of three pressure sensors, this is not
required. In many of the ments described herein only two pressure sensors are
used (e. g., pressure s 130a, 130b). In this instance, the input for the third
pressure sensor can be ignored. However, in some ments of the system
disclosed herein a third pressure sensor can be used to measure the pressure in the
perfusion fluid flowing from the inferior vena cava (or elsewhere in the system 100).
In this instance, the controller 150 can process the pressure signal from the sensor as
described above.
The pumping system 153 can be configured to control the position of the
pump driver 334 during each moment of the pumping cycle to allow for finely tuned
pumping rate and volumetric profiles. This can enable the pumping system 153 to
supply perfusion fluid 108 to the liver with any desired pulsatile pattern. According to
one illustrative ment, the onal position of the shaft 337 can be sensed by
the shaft encoder 390 and adjusted by the controller 150 at least about 100 increments
per revolution. In another illustrative embodiment, the rotational position of the shaft
337 is sensed by the shaft r 390 and adjusted by the controller 150 at least
about 1000 increments per revolution. According to a further illustrative embodiment,
the rotational position of the shaft 337 is sensed by the shaft encoder 390 and adjusted
by the controller 150 at least about 2000 increments per revolution. The position of
the pump screw 341 and thus the pump driver 334 can be calibrated initially to a
nce position of the pump screw 341.
As described above, the system 600 can be manually controlled using the
controller 150. r, some or all of the control of the system can be ted
and performed by the controller 150. For example, the controller 150 can be
configured to automatically control the pump 106 flow of the perfusion fluid (e.g.,
re flow rate), the solution pump 63], the pump 106, the gas exchanger 114, the
heater 110, and/or the flow clamp 190. Control of the system 600 can be
accomplished using minimal, or even no intervention by the user. For example, the
controller 150 can be mmed with one or more predetermined routines and/or
can use information from the various sensors in the system 600 to implement open
and/or closed feedback loops. For e, if the controller determines that the
oxygenation level of the perfusion fluid flowing out of the IVC is too low or the C02
level is too high, the controller 150 can adjust the supply of gas to the gas exchanger
114 accordingly. As another example, the controller 150 can control the infiision of
one or more solutions based on the sensor 140 and/or any other sensor in the system
600. As a still further example, if the ller senses that the liver is producing too
much C02, the controller can reduce the temperature of the liver to 35° C (assuming it
was previously being maintained as a higher temperature) to reduce the metabolic
rate, and accordingly the rate of C02 production or 02 consumption. As yet another
example, the controller 150 can modulate gas flow to the gas exchanger 114 based on
measurements from one or more sensors in the system 600.
In some embodiments, the controller 150 can be configured to control aspects
of the system 600 as a flinction of lactate value in the perfusion fluid. In one
embodiment, le perfusion fluid lactate values can be obtained over time. For
example, a user can withdraw a perfusion fluid sample and use an external blood gas
analyzer to ine a lactate value and/or the system 600 can use an onboard lactate
sensor (e.g., a lactate sensor d in the measurement drain 2804). The lactate
value can be ed in the IVC or elsewhere and can be repeated at predetermined
time intervals (e.g., every 30 minutes). The controller 150 can e the trend of the
lactate values over time. If the lactate is trending down or staying relatively even, this
can be an indication that the liver is being properly perfiised. If the lactate is trending
upwards, this can be in indication of improper perfusion, which can result in the
controller 150 increasing pump flow, adjusting the rate of infused vasodilator, and/or
IO ing the gas flow to the gas exchanger ll4.
Automating the control s can provide many benefits ing providing
finer control over the parameters of the system, which can result in a healthier liver
and/or reducing the burden on the user.
In some embodiments, the system 600 can include a global positioning device
to track the geographic location of the system.
C. Exemplary single use module
g now to the single use module, an exemplary embodiment is described
herein as the single-use module 634, although other embodiments are possible. As
noted above, this portion of the system 600 typically contains at least all of the
ents of the system 600 that come into t with biological material such as
the perfusate along with various peripheral components, flow conduits, sensors, and
support electronics used in connection with the same. After the system 600 is used to
transport an organ, the single-use module can be removed from the system 600 and
discarded. A new (and sterile) single-use module can be installed into the system 600
to transport a new organ. In some embodiments, the module 634 does not include a
processor, instead relying on the controller 150, which can be distributed between the
front end interface circuit board 636, the power circuit board 720, the operator
interface module 146, and the main t board 718, for control. However, in some
embodiments, the single-use module can include its own ller/processor (e.g., on
the front end circuit board 637).
Referring to FIGS. l3A-13H, an exemplary single use module 634 is shown.
FIGS. l3M-R show another exemplary single use module 634 with an alternatively
WO 87737
shaped organ chamber 104. Note, however, in some of the views certain components
have been omitted to clarify the drawings (e.g., some of the tubing connectors, ports,
and/or clamps have been omitted).
The single-use module 634 can include a chassis 635 having upper 750a and
lower 750b sections. The upper section 750a can include a platform 752 for
supporting various components. The lower section 750b can support the platform 752
and can include structures for pivotably connecting with the multiple use module 650.
The lower chassis section 750b can include a C-shaped mount 656 for rigidly
mounting the perfusion fluid pump interface assembly 300, and the tion 662 for
sliding into and snap fitting with the slot 660. In some embodiments, the lower
chassis section 750b can also provide structures for ng parts of the perfusion
circuit including the following components: gas exchanger 114, heater assembly 110,
reservoir 160, perfusate flow compliance chambers 184, 186. In some embodiments,
the lower chassis section 750b can also contain, via appropriate mounting hardware,
various sensors such as the sensor 140, the flow rate sensors 136, 138a, 138b, and the
pressure sensors 130a, l30b. The lower chassis section 750b can also mount the front
end circuit board 637. This embodiment is exemplary only, and components listed
above as being part of the lower s section 750b can be located elsewhere such
as in the upper section 750a (e. g., the re sensors 130a, 130b).
The upper chassis section 750a can include the rm 752. The platform
752 can include handles 753a and 753b formed therein to assist in installing and
removing the single use module 634 from the le use module 650, although the
handles can be located ere in the single use module 634. The platform 752 can
include one or more orifices (e.g., 717) to allow tubing and/or other components to
pass therethrough. The platform 752 can also include one or more integrally formed
brackets (e.g., 716) to hold components in place atop the platform 752, such as the
fluid injection and/or sampling ports described more fully below. The upper chassis
section 750a can also include a flow clamp 190 for regulating the flow of perfusion
fluid to the portal vein, as described more fully below. The organ chamber assembly
104 can be configured to mount to the platform 752 via one or more supports 719.
Referring specifically to 1, the organ r ly 104 can be mounted
so that the left and right sides ive to the main drain) are at approximately a 15°
angle with respect to the platform 752. Doing so can help perfusion fluid drain from
the organ chamber assembly 104, especially during ent conditions that can be
encountered during transport (e.g., takeoff and landing in an ne).
1. Organ chamber
The system 600 can include an organ chamber that is red to hold an ex
vivo organ. The design of the organ chamber can vary depending on the type of
organ. For example, the design of the organ chamber can vary depending on whether,
for example, it is being used to transport a liver, a heart, and/or lungs. While the
following description focuses on an organ chamber 104 that is configured to transport
a liver, this ment is exemplary only, and other configurations are possible. For
e, other configurations of the organ chamber 104 can also be used to ort
a liver.
21) Shape/drain structure
Referring to FIGS. 14A — 14H, an exemplary embodiment of the organ
chamber 104 is shown from multiple views. In this embodiment, the organ chamber
104 includes a base 2802, a front piece 2816, a removable lid 2820, and a support
surface 2810 (which is described in detail with respect to FIGS. 15A — 15D). In
some embodiments, the organ chamber 104 can also include a pad 4500 to support the
liver. The bottom of the organ r 104 can be configured with a quasi-funnel
shape where the sides of the funnel are angled at approximately 15° relative to the
platform 752, this is illustrated more clearly in 1.
The general level, the base member 2802 can include one or more drains (e.g.,
2804, 2806), one more orifices (e. g., 2830) for tubing, connectors, and/or instruments
to be ed inside of the organ chamber 104 while the lid (e.g., 2820) is closed, one
or more hinge portions (e.g., 2832), and one or more ng brackets (e. g., 2834).
In some embodiments, as shown in 1, the mounting brackets 2834 are molded.
In some embodiments, the base member 2802 is red to fit and support the
support surface 2810, on which the liver typically rests. The organ chamber 104 and
the support surface 2810 can be made from any suitable polymer plastic, for example,
polycarbonate.
The base 2802 of chamber 2204 can be shaped and positioned within the
system 600 to facilitate the drainage of the perfusion medium from the liver 101. The
organ chamber 104 can have two drains: measurement drain 2804, and main drain
2806, which can e overflow from the measurement drain. The measurement
drain 2804 can drain perfusate at a rate of about 0.5 L/min, considerably less than
ion fluid 250 flow rate through liver 101 of between and 1-3 L/min. The
measurement drain 2804 can lead to sensor 140, which can e SaOz, hematocrit
values, and/or temperature, and then leads on to reservoir 160. The main drain 2806
can lead directly to the defoamer/fllter 161 without passing through the sensor 140.
In some embodiments, the sensor 140 cannot obtain te measurements unless
perfusion fluid 108 is substantially free of air s. In order to achieve a bubble-
free column of perfusate, base 2802 is shaped to collect ion fluid 108 draining
from liver 101 into a pool that collects above the measurement drain 2804. The
perfusate pool typically allows air bubbles to dissipate before the perfusate enters
drain 2804. The formation of a pool above drain 2804 can be promoted by optional
wall 2808, which can partially block the flow of perfiisate from measurement drain
2804 to main drain 2806 until the perfusate pool is large enough to ensure the
dissipation of s from the flow. Main drain 2806 can be lower than measurement
drain 2804, so once perfusate overflows the depression surrounding drain 2804, it
flows around and/or over wall 2808, to drain from main drain 2806.
In an alternate embodiment of the dual drain system, other systems are used to
collect perfusion fluid into a pool that feeds the measurement drain. In some
embodiments, the flow from the liver is directed to a vessel, such as a small cup 2838,
which feeds the measurement drain. The cup 2838 fills with perfiision fluid, and
excess blood overflows the cup and is directed to the main drain and thus to the
reservoir pool. In this ment, the cup 2838 performs a fianction similar to that of
wall 2808 in the embodiment described above by forming a small pool of perfusion
fluid from which bubbles can dissipate before the perfusate flows into the
ement drain on its way to the oxygen sensor. In still other ments of the
measurement drain, a gradual depression can be formed in the bottom of the base
2802 around the measurement drain 2804 that performs the same fiJnction as the cup
described above.
The top of organ chamber 104 can be covered with a sealable lid that includes
front piece 2816, removable lid 2820, inner lid with sterile drape (not shown), and
sealing piece 2818. The removable lid 2820 can be hingedely and removably coupled
to the base member 2802 via hinge portions 2832. The sealing piece 28 l 8 can seal
the front piece 2816 and/or base 2802 to lid 2820 to create a fluid and/or airtight seal.
The sealing piece 2818 can be made out of, for example, rubber and/or foam. In some
embodiments, the front piece 2816 and lid 2820 is rigid enough to protect the liver
101 from physical contact, indirect or direct.
An alternative embodiment of the organ chamber is shown from multiple
views in FIGS. l4I—S. In this embodiment, the base 2802 of the organ chamber 104
has a different shape. FIGS. K show a top views, FIGS. l4L-l4O show side
views, FIGS. l4P-14R show bottom views, and S shows a break out of the
IO alternative embodiment. The organ chamber 104 es a base 2802, an organ
support surface 2810, and a removable lid 2820.
For example, the top of the organ chamber can be covered with a single
sealable lid 2820. The removable lid can be hingedly and bly coupled to the
organ r base member via hinge ns 2832. The lid is fastened to the base
through a series of latches 2836 or other isms. The sealing piece 2818 of the
lid can be made ofrubber and/or foam, and it can seal the lid to the base to create a
fluid or airtight seal. The combination of the lid and base is rigid enough to protect the
liver from direct or indirect physical contact. The organ chamber contains orifices
(e. g., 2830) for conduit connections for cannulated vessels, including the HA, PV and
bile duct. The organ chamber contains a structure 2840 positioned above the
measurement drain 2804 that holds the end of the IVC in place during ort of the
organ. This structure directs the perfusate exiting from the IVC cannula to the
ement drain.
In an alternate embodiment (not shown), the organ chamber 104 can include a
double lid system that includes an inner lid and an outer lid. More particularly, in one
ment, the organ chamber assembly can e a housing, an outer lid and an
intermediate lid. The housing can e a bottom and one or more walls for
containing the organ. The intermediate lid can cover an opening to the housing for
substantially enclosing the organ within the housing, and can include a frame and a
flexible membrane suspended within the frame. The flexible membrane can be
transparent, opaque, translucent, or substantially transparent. In some embodiments,
the flexible membrane includes sufficient excess membrane material to contact an
organ contained within the chamber. This feature can enable a medical operator to
2015/033839
touch/examine the organ indirectly through the membrane while still maintaining
sterility of the system and the organ. For example, the area of the membrane in the
intermediate lid can be 100-300% larger than the area defined by the intermediate lid
frame or have an area that is 100-300% larger than a two-dimensional area occupied
by the liver. In some embodiments, the flexible membrane can be selected so that an
operator can perform an ultrasound of the liver through the ne while
maintaining the sterility and/or nment of the r.
In some embodiments, the intermediate lid can be hinged to the housing. The
intermediate lid can also include a latch for securing the intermediate lid closed over
the opening of the organ chamber. The outer lid may be similarly hinged and latched
or completely ble. In some configurations, gaskets are provided for forming a
fluid and/or airtight seal between the intermediate lid frame and the one or more organ
chamber walls, and/or for forming a fluid and/or airtight seal between the periphery of
the outer lid and the frame of the intermediate lid. In this manner, the environment
nding the liver 10] can be maintained regardless of whether the outer lid is
open.
Covering the organ r 104 can serve to minimize the exchange of gases
between perfusion fluid 108 and ambient air, can help ensure that the oxygen probes
measure the desired oxygen values (e.g., values corresponding to perfusate exiting the
liver 101), and can help maintain sterility. The closing of organ chamber 2204 can
also serve to reduce heat loss from the liver. Heat loss can be considerable because of
the large surface area of the liver. Heat loss can be an important issue during transport
of the liver when the system 600 may be placed into relatively low temperature
environments, such as a vehicle, or the rs when moving the system 600 into
and out of a vehicle. Furthermore, prior to transplantation, system 600 may be
temporarily placed in a hospital holding area or in an operating theater, both of which
lly have atures in the range of 15-220 C. At such ambient temperatures,
it is important to reduce heat loss from organ chamber 2204 in order to allow heater
230 to maintain the desired ate and liver temperature. Sealing the liver 101 in
the organ chamber 2204 can also help to maintain uniformity of the temperature
h liver lOl .
Referring also to FIGS. lSA-lSD shows an exemplary embodiment of support
surface 2810 that is configured to support the liver 101. This embodiment includes
drainage ls 2812, drain 2814, and orifices 2815. The drainage channels 2812
are configured to channel perfusate draining from the liver 101 and guide it toward
the drain 2814. In some ments, when the t surface 2810 is led in
the base 2802, the drain 2814 is located above and/or in the proximity of
measurement drain 2804 thereby ensuring that a substantial amount of the perfusate
108 drains from the support surface 2810 into the measurement drain 2804. The
orifices 2815 are configured to provide supplemental areas for the perfiision to drain
from the support surface 2810. Additionally, the support surface 2810 can be
configured to be used with the pad 4500 (described below). The support surface 2810
can also include orifices 2813 that can be used to secure the pad 4500 using, for
e, screws or rivets. In some embodiments, when the support surface 2810 is
installed in the organ chamber 104, it is installed so that it rests at approximately a 5—
degree angle relative to horizontal, although other angles can be used (e.g., 0—60
degrees).
Referring to FIGS. 16F-16J, in an alternate embodiment, the support surface
4700 is a e material that supports and cushions the organ, and support e
2810 is omitted. The material is of a composition such that is provides a compliant,
smooth surface on which the sensitive liver tissue can rest. The surface can be
perforated in a manner, i.e. the , arrangement and er of the perforations,
to allow for drainage from the liver while providing an atic surface for the liver
tissue. In this or other embodiments, the support 4700 is a layer of materials,
including a top layer 4706 and a bottom layer 4708 of a compliant material 4706 and
an inner layer that is a frame 4702 of malleable metal substrate (e. g., aluminum). In
some embodiments, the top layer 4706 and bottom layer 4708 can be made out of
polyurethane foam and/or a cellular silicone foam.
The assembly is supported by the organ chamber base 2802, suspending the
support surface 4700 above the bottom of the organ chamber base2802 at an
appropriate height to provide displacement by the weight of the organ. The frame
4702 of the support surface 4700 can be held in place to the organ chamber base 2802
through the use of fasteners 4704, such as molded pins, rivets, screws, or other
hardware, that are inserted through openings 4610 in the frame 4702.
In some embodiments, the malleable metal frame 4702 s into
projections 4712. The projections 4712 may also be enclosed by the top layer 4706
and bottom layer 4708. The projections 4712 can be formed into positions to
surround the liver to stabilize the position of the liver in the x, y and z axes. By
bending the projections 4712, the user can selectively t the liver in a manner
that mimics how the liver is supported in the human body. In some embodiments,
portions of the frame 4702 can be tapered and terminated with a circle, as shown in
G. The tapering of the portions of the frame 4702 can: i) allow the
projections 4712 to be curled more easier and reduce, or even eliminate, the
possibility of creasing, and ii) reduce weight of the support surface 4700. The circle
can provide a e that is easily held by the user. The tapered shape of the portions
ofthe frame 4702 can be specifically selected to facilitate its rolling to conform to a
natural arc rather than a fold or bend. The projections 4712 can be of any shape
desired to surround the liver. In use, the liver is placed on the top layer 4706 of the
support surface 4700, allowing the support surface 4700 to depress. Then, the
projections 4712 may be formed into positions to surround the liver.
b) ization of liver
In some embodiments, the liver can be stabilized during transport by one or
more systems that are ed to support and keep the liver in place without
damaging the liver by applying undue pressure o. For example, in some
ments the system 600 can use a soft stabilizing liver pad (e. g., 4500) to
t the liver along with a wrap/tarp (e.g., 4600). In some embodiments, the
stabilization system can allow some movement of liver up to a predetermined limit
(e.g., the system can allow the liver to move up to 2 inches in any direction). In some
ments the surface on which the liver rests can have a low friction surface,
which can also help reduce damage to the liver. The side of the pad in contact with
the support surface 2810 can have a high friction surface to help hold the pad in place.
The pad can be designed to form a cradle that selectively and controllably
ts the liver 101 without applying undue re to the liver 101. That is, were
the liver 101 merely placed on the support surface 2810 without anything more,
physical damage could result to the portions of the liver on which the liver is resting
during transport. For example, the pad can be formed from a material resilient
enough to cushion the liver from mechanical vibrations and shocks during transport.
An exemplary embodiment of the stabilizing liver pad and wrap is shown as
pad 4500 in FIGS. 16A-16E and wrap 4600 in D. The pad 4500 can include
two layers: a top layer 4502 and a bottom layer 4504. In some embodiments, the top
layer 4502 can be made out of polyurethane foam and the bottom layer 4504 can be
made out of cellular silicone foam. In this embodiment, the top layer 4502 can be 6
mm thick and the bottom layer 4504 can be 3/16” thick, although other thicknesses
and materials can be used. The top layer 4502 and the bottom layer 4504 can be
bonded to one another using adhesive such as MOMENTIVE Silicone RTV 118
silicone. The shape of the pad 4500 can be optimized for the liver (e. g., as shown in
A). For example, the shape of the pad 4500 can include curved comers and
one or more fingers (e.g., 4506, 4508, 4510, 4512, 4514, and 4516). The pad 4500
can also include one or more holes 4520 through which the pad 4500 can be secured
to the support surface 2810 using, for example, rivets and/or . In some
embodiments, the pad 4500 can be approximately 16 x 12 inches in size, gh
other sizes are possible.
Sandwiched between the top layer 4502 and the bottom layer 4504 can be a
deformable metal substrate 4518. The deformable substrate 4518 can be constructed
out of a rigid yet pliable material such as metal, although other materials can be used.
In some ments, the deformable ate 4518 is aluminum 1100-0 that is
0.04” thick. The substrate 4518 can be configured so that it is manipulated easily by
the user, but resists changes to its positioning due to Vibration or impact of the liver.
The deformable substrate 4518 can include fingers 4522, 4524, 4526, 4528, 4530,
4532 that pond to the fingers 4506, 4508, 4510, 4512, 4514, 4516, respectively.
By bending the various fingers in the pad 4500, the user can selectively support the
liver in a manner that mimics how the liver supported in the human body. An
exemplary embodiment ofthe pad 4500 with the fingers in a curled position is shown
in D. In some embodiments, each of the fingers in the deformable substrate
4518 can be tapered (e. g., as shown by 4534) and terminated with a circle. The
tapering of the fingers in the ate 4518 can i) allow the fingers to be curled easier
and reduce, or even eliminate the possibility of the finger ng while being bent,
and ii) reduce weight of the pad 4500. The circle can provide a surface that is easily
held by the user. The tapered shape of the fingers can be specifically selected to
facilitate a rolling of the pad finger to conform to a natural are rather than a fold or
bend.
Referring to FIGS. J, in an alternate ment, the stabilizer may be
comprised of three layers. The top layer 4706 and the bottom layer 4708 may be made
of cellular silicone foam. Each foam layer can be 3/16” thick, although other
thicknesses and materials can be used. The inner layer is a frame 4702 of a
deformable metal substrate in the form of a narrow frame. The frame 4702 can be
constructed out of a rigid yet pliable material such as metal, although other materials
can be used. In some embodiments, the frame 4702 is aluminum 1100-0 that is 0.04”
thick. The frame 4702 can be configured so that it is manipulated easily by the user,
but resists changes to its positioning due to vibration or impact of the liver.
The top layer 4706 and the bottom layer 4708 can be bonded to one another
and to the frame 4702 using adhesive such as MOMENTIVE Silicone RTV 118
silicone. The top and bottom layers 4706, 4708 cover the area inside the frame 4702,
thereby ng a compliant support surface 4700 on which the liver is d for
ort. The shape of the support surface 4700 can be optimized for the liver. For
example, the shape of the support surface 4700 can include curved comers and one or
more projections 4712 to constrain the movement of the liver during transport. In
some embodiments, a wrap 4600 can be placed over the liver to hold it in place during
transport and maintain moisture in the liver. For example, as shown in D, the
wrap 4600 can be attached to the pad on one side (e.g., the right side in D) and
the ing portion of the wrap can be draped over the liver. In other
embodiments, the wrap can be secured on multiple edges or all edges. The wrap 4600
may also be used with flexible support surface 4700. In some embodiments, the wrap
can perform one or more functions such as securing the liver during lant,
helping maintain sterility, and preserving the moisture in the liver by acting as a vapor
barrier. The wrap can be made out of a polyurethane sheet and can be opaque or clear
to facilitate visual inspection of the liver. The size of the wrap 4600 can vary. For
example, it can have a length that is between 0.5 and 24 inches and a width that is
n 0.5 and 24 inches.
2. General description of perfusion circuit
As described above, the liver has two blood supply sources: the hepatic artery
and the portal vein, which e approximately 1/3 and 2/3 of the blood supply to
the liver, respectively. Typically, when comparing the blood supply provided by the
hepatic artery and the portal vein, the hepatic artery provides a blood supply with a
higher pressure yet low flow rate and the portal vein provides a blood supply with a
lower-pressure yet high flow rate. Also, typically, the hepatic artery provides a
pulsatile flow of blood to the liver whereas the portal vein does not.
The system 600 can be red to supply perfusion solution to the liver in a
manner that simulates the human body (e.g., the proper pressures, volumes, and
pulsatile flows) using a single pump. For e, in a normal flow mode, the system
600 can circulate the perfusion fluid to the liver in the same manner as blood would
circulate in the human body. More particularly, the perfusion fluid enters the liver
through the hepatic artery and the portal vein and flows away from the liver via the
IVC. In normal flow mode, the system 100 pumps the perfusion fluid to the liver 102
at a near physiological rate of between about 1-3 L/min, although in some
embodiments the range can be 1.1 — 1.75 L/min (although the system can also be
configured to provide flow rates outside of this range, e. g., 0—10 L/min). Each of the
foregoing numbers is the total flow per minute provided to the hepatic artery and
portal vein.
Referring to , an exemplary embodiment of a perfusion set 100 is
shown. The perfusion set 100 can include a reservoir 160, a one-way valve 191, a
pump 106, a one-way valve 310, compliance rs 184, 186, a gas exchanger
114, a heater 110, flow meters 136, 138a, 138b, a r 105, a flow clamp 190
re sensors 130a, 130b, organ chamber 104, a sensor 140, defoamer/filter 161,
and tubing/interfaces to connect the same. The liver can also be connected to a bag
187 the collects bile ed therefrom. In some ments, the perfiJsion set 100
is contained entirely within the single use module 634, although this is not required.
In some embodiments, the inferior vena cava (IVC) is cannulated so that flow from
the IVC can be directed to a conduit in which the IVC pressure, flow, and oxygen
saturation can be measured. In other embodiments, the IVC is not cannulated and
perfusate flows freely from the IVC into the organ chamber 104 (and ultimately into
the drain(s) in the organ chamber 104).
In one embodiment, perfusion fluid flows from the reservoir 160 to valve 191
and then to the pump 106. After pump 106, the perfusion can flow to one-way valve
310 to compliance r 184. After ance r 184, the perfilsion fluid
can flow to the gas exchanger 114 and on to the heater 110. After the heater 110 the
perfusion fluid can flow to the flow meter 136 which is configured to measure the
flow rate at that part of the perfiision circuit. After the flow meter 136 the perfusion
fluid flows to the r 105, which can divide the flow of the perfusion fluid into
branches 313 and 315. In some ments, the divider 105 can split the flow
between the c artery and the portal vein at a ratio of between 1:2 and 1:3.
Branch 313 is ultimately provided to the portal vein of the liver s branch 315 is
ultimately provided to the hepatic artery of the liver. The branch 313 can include
flow meter 138a and the compliance chamber 186 which provides perfusion fluid to
the flow clamp 190. From the flow clamp 190 the perfusion fluid can flow to the
pressure sensor 130a before being provided to the portal vein of the liver. The branch
315 can include a flow meter 138b which provides perfiJsion fluid to the pressure
meter 130b before being provided to the hepatic artery of the liver. After perfusion
fluid exits the liver, some of the perfiision fluid is collected by the measurement drain
2804 and the remainder is collected by the main drain 2806. The perfusion fluid
collected by the measurement drain 2804 can be ed to the sensor 140. Perfusion
fluid exiting the sensor 140 can be provided to the defoamer/filter 161. The perfusion
fluid collected by the drain 2806 can be provided directly to the defoamer/filter 161.
Perfusion fluid exiting the defoamer/filter 161 can be provided to the oir 160.
Additionally, bile produced by the liver can be collected in a bag 187.
In some embodiments, the system 100 has at least 1.6 L of perfusion fluid (or
other fluid) in it when operating.
3. Reservoir
The single use module 634 can include a perfusate reservoir 160 that is
mounted below the organ chamber 104. The reservoir 160 can be configured to store
and filter perfusion fluid 108 as it circulates through the perfusion set 100. Reservoir
160 can include one or more one-way valves (not shown) that prevent the flow of
ion fluid in the wrong direction. In some ments, the reservoir 160 has a
minimum capacity of 2 L, although smaller capacities can be used. In some
embodiments, the reservoir 160 can include a filter (shown separately in as
defoamer/filter 161) that is designed to trap particles in the perfiision fluid 108. In
some embodiments, the filter is red to trap particles in the perfusion fluid 108
2015/033839
that are greater than 20 microns. In some embodiments, the reservoir 160 includes a
defoamer (shown tely in as defoamer/filter 161) that reduces and/or
eliminates foam generated from the perfiasion fluid 108. In some embodiments, the
reservoir 160 can be made of a clear material and can include level markings so that a
user may estimate the volume of the perfusion fluid in the reservoir 160. In some
embodiments, the reservoir 160 can be red to allow for a minimum of 4.5 L
per minute a fluid ingress from the organ chamber 104, although other flow rates are
possible. In some embodiments, the reservoir 160 includes a vent to the atmosphere
that es a sterile barrier (not shown).
The reservoir 160 can be positioned within the system 600 in various
locations. For example, the reservoir 160 can be located above the liver, completely
below the liver, partially below the liver, next to the liver, etc. Thus, one potential
benefit some embodiments described herein is that the oir can be positioned
below the liver since a gravity-induced re head in the perfiasion fluid is not
required.
4. Valves
In some embodiments, the valves 191 and 310 are one-way valves configured
to ensure that the perfiasion fluid in the system 100 flows in the correct direction
through the system 100. Exemplary embodiments of the valves 191 and 310 are
described above with respect to the pump 106.
. Perfusion fluid pump
An exemplary embodiments of the pump 106 is described more fully above
with respect to FIGS. 6A-6E. As described above, in some embodiments, the pump is
split between the multiple use module 650 and the single use module 634. For
example, the single use module 634 can include the pump interface ly while
the multiple use module 650 includes the pump driver portion.
6. Compliance chamber
While the pump 106 provides a lly pulsatile output, the characteristics
of that flow are typically adapted to match the flow typically provided by the human
body to the liver. For example, the portal vein typically does not provide a pulsatile
flow of blood to a liver when the liver is in vivo. Thus, in some embodiments, in order
WO 87737
to provide a lsatile flow of perfusion fluid to the portal vein of the liver, one or
more compliance chambers can be used to mitigate the pulsatile flow generated by the
pump 106. In some embodiments, the compliance chambers are essentially small in-
line fluid accumulators with flexible, resilient walls for simulating the human body’s
vascular compliance. The compliance chambers can aid the system 600 by more
accurately mimicking blood flow in the human body, for example, by
filtering/reducing fluid pressure spikes due, for example, to the flow profile from the
pump 106. In the embodiment of system 600 described herein, two compliance
chambers are used: compliance chamber 184 and 186. Various teristics of the
compliance chambers can be varied to achieve the desired result. For example, the
combination i) a pressure versus volume relationship, and ii) the overall volume of the
compliance chamber can affect the performance of the ance chamber.
Preferably the characteristics of the respective ance rs are chosen to
achieve the desired effect.
In some embodiments, the compliance chamber 184 is located between the
valve 310 and the gas exchanger 114 and operates to partially smooth the pulsatile
output of the pump 106. For example, the compliance chamber 184 can be configured
such that the flow of perfusion fluid ultimately provided to the hepatic artery of the
liver mimics that of the human body. In some embodiments, the compliance chamber
184 can be omitted if the output of the pump 106 results in a perfusate flow to the
c artery that y mimics that of the human body.
In some embodiments, the compliance chamber 186 is located between the
divider 105 and the flow clamp 190. The ance chamber 186 can operate to
substantially reduce, or even ate the pulsatile nature of the flow of perfiision
fluid ultimately provided to the portal vein. Additionally, while the compliance
chamber 186 is positioned before the flow clamp 190 in the branch 313, this is not
ed. For example, flow clamp 190 can come before the compliance chamber 186.
In this embodiment, r, it may be desirable to adjust the parameters of the
compliance chamber 186.
7. Gas exchanger
The system 600 can also include a gas exchanger 114 (also referred to herein
as an oxygenator) that is configured to, for example, remove C02 from the perfusion
fluid and add 02. The gas exchanger 114 can receive input gas from an external or
onboard source (e.g., gas supply 172 or oxygen concentrator) through a gas regulator
and/or a gas flow r which can be a pulse-width modulated solenoid valve that
ls gas flow, or any other gas control device that allows for precise control of gas
flow rate. In some embodiments, the gas exchanger 114 is a standard membrane
ator, such as the interventional lung assist membrane ventilator from
NOVALUNG or member of the Quadrox series from Maquet of Wayne, NJ. In the
illustrative embodiment, the gas can be a blend of oxygen, carbon dioxide, and
nitrogen. An exemplary blend of gas is: 80% 02, 0.1% C02, and the e N2 with
a blend process accuracy of 0.030%. In some embodiments, the ion of the gas
exchanger, regulator, and/or gas flow chamber can be controlled by the controller 150
using the output of the sensor 140.
In some embodiments, the oxygenator 114 can have an oxygen transfer rate of
27.5 mme/LPM minute at a blood flow of 500 mme at standard ions. The
oxygenator 114 can also have a carbon dioxide transfer rate of 20 mme at a blood
flow rate of 500 mme at standard conditions. Standard conditions can be, for
example: gas = 100% 02, blood temp = 37.0 i 0.5° C, hemoglobin = 12 i 1 mg%,
SVOQ = 65 :: 5 %, pCO2 = 45 :: 5mmHg, and gas to blood ratio of 1:1). The above
values are exemplary only and not limiting. Transfer rates higher and/or lower than
the rate fied above can be used.
8. Heater/cooler
The perfusion set 100 can include one or more heaters that are configured to
maintain the temperature of the perfusion fluid 108 at a desired level. By warming
the perfusion fluid, and the flowing the warmed liquid through the liver, the liver
itself can also be warmed. While the heater can be capable of warming the perfusion
fluid to a wide range of temperatures (e. g., 0 — 50° C), typically, the heater warms the
perfusion fluid to a ature of 30 — 37° C. In some more c embodiments,
the heater can be configured warm the perfusion fluid to a temperature of 34 — 37° C,
35 — 37° C, or any other range that falls within 0 — 50° C. In some embodiments, the
ranges described herein can also extend to 42° C.
Referring to FIGS. 18A-18G, an exemplary embodiment of a heater assembly
110 is shown. FIGS. 18A-18F depict various views of the perfusion fluid heater
assembly 1 10. The heater assembly 110 can include a housing 234 having an inlet
110a and an outlet 110b, As shown in both the longitudinal cross-sectional and the
lateral cross-sectional views, the heater assembly 110 can include a flow channel 240
extending between the inlet 110a and the outlet 11%. The heater assembly 110 can be
conceptualized as having upper 236 and lower 238 symmetrical halves. Accordingly,
only the upper half is shown in an exploded view in F.
The flow channel 240 can be formed between first 242 and second 244 flow
channel plates. The inlet 110a can flow the perfiision fluid into the flow channel 240
and the outlet 11% can flow the perfusion fluid out of the heater 110. The first 242
and second 244 flow channel plates can have substantially bioinert perfusion fluid 108
contacting es for providing direct contact with the perfusion fluid flowing
through the channel 240. The fluid contacting surfaces can be formed from a
treatment or coating on the plate or may be the plate surface itself. The heater
assembly 110 can include first and second ic heaters 246 and 248, respectively.
The first heater 246 can be located adjacent to and can couple heat to a first heater
plate 250. The first heater plate 250, in turn, can couple the heat to the first flow
l plate 242. Similarly, the second heater 248 can be located adjacent to and can
couple heat to a second heater plate 252. The second heater plate 252 can couple the
heat to the second flow channel plate 244. According to the illustrative ment,
the first 250 and second 252 heater plates can be formed fiom a al, such as
aluminum, that conducts and distributes heat from the first 246 and second 248
electric heaters, respectively, relatively uniformly. The uniform heat distribution of
the heater plates 250 and 252 can enable the flow channel plates to be formed from a
rt material, such as titanium, reducing concern regarding its heat distribution
characteristic. The heater assembly 110 can also include s 254 and 256 for fluid
sealing tive flow channel plates 242 and 244 to the g 234 to form the
flow channel 240. In some embodiments the function of the heater plate and flow
channel plate are ed in a single plate.
The heater assembly 110 can further include first assembly brackets 258 and
260. The assembly bracket 258 can mount on the top side 236 of the heater assembly
110 over a periphery of the electric heater 246 to sandwich the heater 246, the heater
plate 250 and the flow channel plate 242 between the assembly bracket 258 and the
housing 234. The bolts 262a-262j can fit through ponding through holes in the
bracket 258, electric heater 246, heater plate 250 and flow channel plate 242, and
thread into ponding nuts 264a—264j to affix all of those components to the
housing 234. The assembly bracket 260 can mount on the bottom side 238 of the
heater assembly 110 in a similar n to affix the heater 248, the heater plate 252
and the flow channel plate 244 to the housing 234. A resilient pad 268 can interfit
within a periphery of the bracket 258. Similarly, a resilient pad 270 can interfit within
a periphery of the bracket 260. A bracket 272 can fit over the pad 268. The bolts
278a-278f can interfit through the holes 276a-276f, respectively, in the bracket 272
and thread into the nuts 80f to compress the resilient pad 268 against the heater
246 to provide a more efficient heat transfer to the heater plate 250. The resilient pad
270 can be compressed against the heater 248 in a similar fashion by the bracket 274.
The illustrative heater assembly 110 can include temperature sensors 120 and
122 and dual-sensor 124. The dual sensor 124, which in practice can include a dual
thermistor sensor for providing fault tolerance, can measure the temperature of the
perfusion fluid 108 exiting the heater assembly 110, and can provide these
temperatures to the controller 150. As described in fiarther detail with respect to the
heating subsystem 149, the signals from the sensors 120, 122 and 124 can be
employed in a ck loop to control drive signals to the first 246 and/or second
248 s to control the temperature of the heaters 256 and 248. Additionally, to
ensure that heater plates 250 and 252 and, therefore, the blood contacting surfaces 242
and 244 of the heater plates 250 and 252 do not reach a temperature that might
damage the perfiision fluid, the illustrative heater assembly 110 can also include
temperature sensors/lead wires 120 and 122 for monitoring the temperature of the
heaters 246 and 248, respectively, and providing these temperatures to the controller
150. In practice, the sensors attached to sensors/lead wires 120 and 122 can be RTD
(resistance temperature device) based. The signals from the sensors attached to
sensors/lead wires 120 and 122 can be employed in a ck loop to further control
the drive signals to the first 246 and/or second 248 s to limit the maximum
ature of the heater plates 250 and 252. As a fault protection, there can be
sensors for each of the s 246 and 248, so that if one should fail, the system can
ue to operate with the ature at the other sensor.
The heater 246 of the heater assembly 110 can receive from the controller 150
drive signals 281a and 281b ctively 281) onto corresponding drive lead 282a.
Similarly, the heater 248 receives from the controller 150 drive signals 283a and 283b
(collectively 283) onto drive lead 282b. The drive signals 281 and 283 control the
current to, and thus the heat generated by, the respective heaters 246 and 248. More
particularly, as shown in G, the drive leads 282a includes a high and a low
pair, which connect across a resistive element 286 of the heater 246. The greater the
current provided h the resistive element 286, the hotter the resistive element
286 gets. The heater 248 operates in the same fashion with regard to the drive lead
282b. According to the illustrative embodiments, the element 286 has a resistance of
about 5 ohms. However, in other illustrative embodiments, the element may have a
resistance of between about 3 ohms and about 10 ohms. The heaters 246 and 248 can
be controlled independently by the processor 150.
The heater assembly 110 housing components can be formed from a molded
plastic, for example, polycarbonate, and can weigh less than about one pound. More
ularly, the housing 234 and the brackets 258, 260, 272 and 274 can all be
formed from a molded c, for e, polycarbonate. According to another
feature, the heater assembly can be a single use able assembly.
In operation, the rative heater assembly 110 can use between about 1
Watt and about 200 Watts of power, and can be sized and shaped to transition
perfusion fluid 108 flowing through the channel 240 at a rate of between about 300
ml/min and about 5 L/min from a temperature of less than about 30° C to a
ature of at least 37° C in less than about 30 minutes, less than 25 minutes, less
than about 20 minutes, less than about 15 minutes, or even less than about 10 minutes,
t substantially causing hemolysis of cells, or ring proteins or otherwise
damaging any blood product portions of the perfusion fluid.
The heater assembly 110 can include housing components, such as the housing
234 and the brackets 258, 260, 272 and 274, that are formed from a polycarbonate and
weighs less than about 5 lb. In some ments, the heater assembly can weigh less
than 4 pounds. In the illustrative embodiment, the heater assembly 110 can have a
length 288 of about 6.6 inches, not including the inlet 110a and outlet 110b ports, and
a width 290 of about 2.7 inches. The heater assembly 110 can have a height 292 of
about 2.6 inches. The flow l 240 of the heater assembly 110 can have a
nominal width 296 of about 1.5 inches, a nominal length 294 of about 3.5 inches, and
a nominal height 298 of about 0.070 inches. The height 298 and width 296 can be
WO 87737
selected to provide for uniform heating of the perfusion fluid 108 as it passes h
the channel 240. The height 298 and width 296 are also selected to provide a cross-
sectional area within the channel 240 that is approximately equal to the inside cross-
sectional area of fluid conduits that carry the ion fluid 108 into and/or away
from the heater assembly 110. In one embodiment, the height 298 and width 296 are
selected to provide a cross-sectional area within the channel 240 that is approximately
equal to the inside cross-sectional area of the inlet fluid conduit 792 and/or
substantially equal to the inside cross-sectional area of the outlet fluid conduit 794.
Projections 257a-257d and 259a-259d can be included in the heater assembly
110 and can be used to receive a heat-activated adhesive for binding the heating
ly to the multiple-use unit 650.
In addition to the heater 110, the system 100 can also include an additional
heater (not shown) that is placed inside the organ chamber 110 to provide heat (e.g., a
resistance heater).
9. Pressure/flow probes
In some embodiments, the system 600 can include pressure sensors 130a,
130b and flow sensors 138a, 138b. The probes and/or sensors can be obtained from
standard commercial sources. For example, the flow rate s 136, 138a, and 138b
can be onic flow sensors, such as those available from Transonic Systems Inc.,
Ithaca, NY. The fluid pressure probes 130a, 13% can be conventional, strain gauge
pressure sensors available from M81 or G.E. Thermometrics. Alternatively, a pre-
calibrated pressure transducer chip can be embedded into organ chamber connectors
and connected to the controller 150. In some embodiments, the sensors can be
configured to measure mean, instantaneous, and/or peak values flow/pressure values.
In embodiments where a mean value is calculated, the system can be configured to
ate the mean pressure using a running average sampled values. The sensors can
also be configured to provide systolic and diastolic ements. While these are
shown as separate devices in , in some embodiments, a single device can
measure both pressure and flow. In some embodiments, the sensors can be
configured to e pressures between 0 — 225 mmHg with an cy ofi (7% +
mmHg) for each transducer. In some embodiments the flow sensor can be
configured to measure flow rates between 0-10 L/min with an accuracy ofi 12% +
0.140 L/min. In some embodiments the pressure and flow sensors can be red
to sample the pressure/flow within the cannula tip, within the vessel, or in the tubing
prior to the cannula.
While there is a single sensor 130b and a single sensor 130a, these sensors can
include more than one pressure sensor. For example, in some embodiments, the
sensor 130a can include two pressure sensors for redundancy. In such an
ment, when both sensors are working the controller 150 can average the output
of both to determine the actual pressure. In embodiments where one of the two
pressure sensors in sensor 130a fails, the controller can ignore the malfunctioning
sensor.
As described more fully below with respect to FIGS. 23A-23K, the pressure
sensors can be contained in a housing 3010 of the connector 3000 (and rly on
the connector 3050).
10. Flow control
The system 600 can be configured to provide perfusate flow rates varying
from 0-10 L/min at the flow sensor 136 (e.g., before the divider 105). In some
embodiments, the system can be configured to provide a flow rate of 0.6 — 4 L/min at
the flow sensor 136, or even more specifically, 1.1 — 1.75 L/min at the flow sensor
136. These ranges are exemplary only and the flow rate at the sensor 136 can be
provided within any range that falls within 0 — 10 L/min. The system 600 can be
configured to provide perfusate flow rates varying from 0 — 10 L/min, and more
cally 0.25 — 1 L/min to the hepatic artery of the liver (e. g., as measured by the
flow sensor 130b). These ranges are exemplary only and the flow rate at hepatic
artery can be provided within any range that falls within 0 — 10 L/min. The system
600 can be configured to provide ate flow rates varying from 0 — 10 L/min, and
more cally 0.75 to 2 L/min to the portal vein of the liver (e. g., as ed by
the flow sensor 130a). These ranges are exemplary only and the flow rate at the
portal vein can be provided within any range that falls within 0 — 10 L/min.
In some embodiments, the system 100 can be capable of generating perfusate
flow through the perfusion module at rates of 0.3 — 3.5 L/min with at least 1.8 Liters
of perfiJsion fluid therein. In some embodiments, the re provided to the hepatic
artery via the branch 315 can be between 25-150 mmHg and more specifically
between 50-120 mmHg, and the pressure provided to the portal vein via the branch
313 can be between 1-25 mmHg and more specifically 5-15 mmHg. These ranges are
exemplary only and the respective pressures can be provided within any range that
falls within 5 — 150 mmHg.
11. Perfusate sensors
The sensor 140 can sense one or more characteristics of the perfusion fluid
flowing from the liver by measuring the amount of light absorbed or reflected by the
perfusion fluid 108 when applied at multi-wavelengths. For example, the sensor 140
can be an 02 saturation, hematocrit, and/or temperature sensor. FIGS. 19A—19C
depict an ary ment of the sensor 140. The sensor 140 can include an
in-line cuvette shaped section of tube 812 connected to the conduit 798, which can
have at least one optically clear window through which an ed sensor can provide
ed light. Exemplary embodiments of the sensor 140 can be the BLOP4 and/or
BLOP4 Plus probes from DATAMED SRL. The cuvette 812 can be a one-piece
molded part having connectors 801a and 801b. The connectors 801a and 801b can be
red to adjoin to connecting receptacles 803a and 803b, respectively, of conduit
ends 798a and 798b. This interconnection between cuvette 812 and conduit ends 798a
and 798b can be configured so as to provide a substantially nt cross-sectional
flow area inside conduit 798 and cuvette 812. The configuration can thereby reduce,
and in some embodiments substantially s, discontinuities at the interfaces 814a
and 814b between the cuvette 812 and the conduit 798. Reduction/removal of the
discontinuities can enable the blood based perfusion fluid 108 to flow through the
e with reduced lysing of red blood cells and reduced turbulence, which can
enable a more accurate reading of perfusion fluid oxygen levels. This can also reduce
damage to the perfusion fluid 108 by the system 600, which can ultimately reduce
damage done to the organ being transplanted.
The cuvette 812 can be formed from a light transmissive material, such as any
suitable light transmissive glass or polymer. As shown in A, the sensor 140
can also include an optical transceiver 816 for directing light waves at perfusion fluid
108 passing through the cuvette 812 and for measuring light transmission and/or light
reflectance to determine the amount of oxygen in the perfiasion fluid 108. In some
ments a light itter can be d on one side of the cuvette 812 and a
detector for measuring light transmission through the perfusion fluid 108 can be
located on an opposite side of the cuvette 812. C depicts a top cross-sectional
view of the cuvette 812 and the eiver 816. The transceiver 816 can fit around
cuvette 812 such that transceiver interior flat surfaces 811 and 813 mate against
cuvette flat surfaces 821 and 823, respectively, while the interior convex surface 815
of transceiver 816 mates with the cuvette 812 convex surface 819. In operation, when
UV light is transmitted fiom the transceiver 816, it travels from flat surface 811
through the fluid 108 inside cuvette 812, and is received by flat surface 813. The flat
surface 813 can be configured with a or for measuring the light transmission
through the fluid 108.
In some embodiments, the sensor 140 can be configured to measure SvOz in
the range of 0-99%, although in some embodiments this can be limited to . To
the extent that the sensor 140 also measures hematocrit, the measurement range can
be from 0 — 99%, although in some embodiments this can be limited to 15 — 50%. In
some embodiments, the cy of the measurements made by the sensor 140 can be
i 5 units and measurements can occur at least once every 10 seconds. In
embodiments of the sensor 140 that also e temperature, the measurement range
can be from 0 — 500 C.
In some embodiments, the system 600 can also include one or more lactate
sensors (not shown) that are configured to measure lactate in the perfusion fluid. For
example, a lactate sensor can be placed between the measurement drain 2804 and the
er/filter 161 in branch 315, and/or in branch 313. In this configuration, the
system 600 can be configured to measure lactate values of the perfusion fluid before
and/or after processing by the liver. In some ments, the lactate sensor can be
an in-line lactate analyzer probe. In some embodiments the lactate sensor can also be
external to the system 600 and use samples of the perfiision fluid withdrawn from a
sampling port.
In some embodiments the system 600 can also include one or more sensors
(e.g., the sensor 140 and/or other sensors such as a disposable blood gas analysis
probe) to measure pH, HCO3, p02, pC02, e, , potassium, and/or
lactate. Exemplary sensors that can be used to e the foregoing values include
e-shelf probes made by Sphere Medical of Cambridge, United Kingdom. As
described above, the sensor can be coupled to the measurement drain 2804.
Alternatively, a piece of tubing can be used to route perfusion fluid to/from the
. Some ments of the sensor use calibration fluid before and/or after
ming a measurement. In embodiments using such sensors, the system can
include a valve that can be used to control the flow of calibration fluid to the sensor.
In some embodiments, the valve can be manually actuated and/or automatically
ed by the controller 150. In some ments of the sensor, calibration fluid
is not used, which can result in a continuous sampling of the perfusion fluid.
In addition to using the foregoing s in a feedback loop to control the
system 600, some or all of the sensors can also be used to determine the viability of
the liver for lant.
In some embodiments, external blood analyzer sensors can also be used. In
these embodiments, blood samples can be drawn from ports in the branches 313, 315
(the ports are described more fully below). The blood samples can be provided for
analysis using standard hospital equipment (e.g. radiometer) or via point of care blood
gas analysis (e.g., I—STATl from Abbott Laboratories or the Epoc from Alere).
12. Sampling/infusion ports
The system 600 can include one or more ports that can be used to sample the
perfusion fluid and/or infuse fluid into the perfusion fluid. In some embodiments, the
ports can be configured to work with standard syringes and/or can be configured with
controllable valves. In some embodiments, the ports can be luer ports. Essentially,
the system 100 can include infiision/sampling ports at any on therein and the
following examples are not limiting.
Referring to , the system 100 can include ports 4301, 4302, 4303,
4304, 4305, 4306, 4307, and 4308. The port 4301 can be used to provide a bolus
ion and/or flush (e.g., a post-preservation flush) to the hepatic artery. The port
4302 can be used to provide a bolus injection and/or flush (e. g., post-preservation
flush) to the portal vein. The ports 4303, 4304, 4305 can be coupled to the respective
channels of the solution pump 631 and can provide infusion to the portal vein (in the
case of 4303 and 4304) and to the hepatic artery (in the case of 4305). The ports 4306
and 4307 can be used to obtain a sample of the ion fluid flowing into the
hepatic artery and portal vein, respectively. The port 4308 can be used to sample the
perfusion fluid in the IVC (or hepatic veins, depending on how the liver was
harvested). In some embodiments, each of the ports can include a valve that the user
operates to obtain a flow from the ports.
The port configuration shown in is exemplary, and more or fewer
ports can be used. onally, ports can be located in additional locations such as
between the pump 106 and the divider 105, between the organ chamber and bile bag
187, in the bile bag 187, between the main drain 2806 and the defoamer/fllter 161.
The single use module 634 can also include a tube 774 for loading g
solution and the uinated blood from the donor or blood products from a blood
bank into the reservoir 160. The priming tube 774 can be provided directly to the
reservoir 160 and/or it can be located so that an end of it empties directly above the
drain 2806 in the organ chamber 104. The single use module 634 can also include
non-vented caps for replacing vented caps on selected fluid ports that are used, for
example, while running a sterilization gas through the single use module 634.
Some embodiments the system 100 can also include vents and/or air purge
ports to eliminate air from the hepatic artery interface, the portal vein ace, or
elsewhere in the system 100.
In some ments an extra infusion port can be included for the user to
provide an imaging contrast medium to the perfiision fluid so that imaging of the liver
can be enhanced. For example, an ultrasound contrast medium can be infused to
perform a contrast-enhanced ultrasound.
13. Organ assist
While ion fluid can drain naturally from the liver as a result of the
re applied to the c artery and portal vein, the system 600 can also e
additional features that help the perfusion fluid drain from the liver in a manner that
mimics the human body. That is, in the human body the diaphragm typically applies
pressure to the liver as the person breathes. This pressure can help expel blood from
the ’s liver. The system 600 can include one or more systems that are designed
to mimic the pressure applied by the diaphragm to the liver. Exemplary embodiments
include contact and contactless embodiments. In some embodiments, the amount of
pressure applied to the liver can be less than the pressure in the portal vein and/or
hepatic artery of the liver. Sketches of exemplary embodiments of the organ assist
systems are shown in .
One embodiment of a contactless pressure system is a system that varies the
air pressure in the organ chamber 104 to simulate pressure applied by the diaphragm
to the liver. In this embodiment, the organ chamber 104 can be red to provide
a substantially ht environment such that the air re inside the organ
chamber 104 can be maintained at an elevated (or lowered) state when compared to
the outside atmosphere. As the air pressure in the organ chamber 104 rises, it can
apply pressure to the liver that simulates the pressure applied by the diaphragm
y increasing the rate at which the liver expels ion fluid. In some
embodiments, the air pressure can be varied in a manner that mimics a human
breathing rate (e. g., 12-15 times per minute), or at other rates (e. g., 0.5 to 50 times per
minute). The air pressure in the organ chamber 104 can be varied by various s
including, for example, a dedicated air pump (not shown) and/or the d gas
supply 172. In some embodiments, the air pressure inside the organ chamber 104 can
be controlled by the controller 150. In these embodiments, the controller can also be
coupled to an air pressure sensor measuring the pressure inside the organ chamber
104 that is used as part of a ck control loop.
One embodiment of a contact pressure system is a system that that uses a wrap
and/or r to apply pressure to the liver. For example, a wrap can be placed over
some or all of the liver within the organ chamber 104. The edges of the wrap can then
be mechanically tightened to apply re to the portion of the liver covered by the
wrap. In this example, one or more small motors attached to various points around the
periphery of the wrap can be used to tighten the edges of the wrap. In r
example of a contact pressure system, a removable bladder can be used (not shown).
In this embodiment, an inflatable bladder can be placed between the liver and the top
surface (or some other portion) of the organ chamber 104. A pump can then be used
to inflate/deflate the bladder. As the bladder inflates, it can press against the top
surface (or other portion) of the organ chamber 104 thereby exerting pressure on the
liver contained therein. As with the contactless system described above, the pressure
applied to the liver can be applied ically to mimic the l pressure provided
by the diaphragm. In some embodiments, the pressure applied to the liver can be
varied in a manner that mimics human breathing rate (e.g., 12-15 times per minute),
or at other rates (e. g., 0.5 to 50 times per minute). Regardless of whether the pressure
is applied to the liver using a wrap or a bladder, the pressure can be controlled by the
controller 150. In some embodiments, one or more s that e the pressure
applied to the liver can be included in the organ chamber 104 as part of a feedback
control loop. Other s of ing contact pressure to the liver are also
possible.
14. Cannulation
Operationally, in one embodiment, a liver can be harvested from a donor and
coupled to the system 600 by a process of cannulation. For example, interface 162
can be cannulated to vascular tissue of the hepatic artery via a conduit located within
the organ chamber assembly. Interface 166 can be cannulated to vascular tissue of the
portal vein via a conduit located within the organ chamber assembly. The liver emits
the perfiasate through the inferior vena cava (IVC). In some embodiments, the IVC
can be cannulated by interface 170 (not shown) so that the flow can be directed to a
conduit in which the IVC pressure, flow and oxygen saturation can be measured. In
another embodiment, the IVC can be cannulated by the interface 170 to direct the
flow within the organ chamber. In still another embodiment, the IVC is not
cannulated and the organ chamber provides a means to direct the perfusate flow for
efficient collection to the reservoir.
Each of the interfaces 162, 166 and 170 can be cannulated to the liver by
pulling vascular tissue over the end of the ace, then tying or otherwise securing
the tissue to the interface. The vascular tissue is preferably a short segment of a blood
vessel that remains connected to the liver after the liver is severed and explanted from
the donor. In some embodiments, the short vessel segments can be 0.25 — 5 inches,
although other lengths are possible.
Referring to FIGS. 21A-21D, an exemplary embodiment of a hepatic artery
a 2600 is shown. The cannula 2600 is generally tubular in shape and includes a
first n 2604 that is configured to be inserted into tubing used in the system 100
and includes a first orifice 2612. The first portion 2604 can also include a ring 2602
that can be used to help secure the first portion 2604 inside of the tubing of the system
100 by friction. The cannula 2600 can also include a second portion 2608 that can
have a r er than the first portion 2604 and that forms a second orifice
2614. The second portion 2608 can also include a channel 2610 that is ed from
the surface of the second portion 2608. In some embodiments, when the user ties the
hepatic artery to the second portion 2608, the user can place the suture in the channel
2610 to help secure the hepatic artery. Between the first and second portions can be a
collar 2606. The outside diameter of the collar can have a slightly larger diameter
than the first portion 2604 to prevent the tubing of the system 100 from extending
over the second portion 2608 when inserted. Viewing the cross-section shown in
D, the inside diameter of the cannula 2600 can vary, with a taper 2616
therebetween. The cannula 2600 can be formed in s sizes, lengths, inside
diameters, and outside ers. In some embodiments of the system 600, it can be
advantageous to have a substantially large inside diameter in the first portion 2604
and a much smaller inside diameter in the second portion 2608 to offset pressure and
flow changes caused by the cannula 2600.
Referring to FIGS. 2lH-21K, in an alternative embodiment the cannula 2600
has a beveled cut end 2618.
The outside diameter of the first portion 2604 can be configmred to be press-fit
inside of silicone or ethane tubing. Thus, while the e diameter of the first
portion 2604 can vary, one exemplary range of possible diameters is 0.280 — 0.380”.
The outside er of the second portion 2608 can range between 4 — 50 Fr, but
more specifically between 12-20 Fr. Additionally, the cannula 2600 can be made
from s biocompatible als, such as stainless steel, titanium, and/or plastic
(the dimensions of the cannula 2600 can be adapted to be manufacturable using
different materials).
Additionally 10-20% ofthe population have a genetic variation where the liver
includes an accessory hepatic artery. For these instances, the hepatic artery cannula
described above can be a double-headed (e.g., Y-shaped) cannula. An exemplary
embodiment of a Y-shaped hepatic artery cannula 2642, is shown in FIGS. 21E-21G,
where like numbers are used to denote corresponding features in the cannula 2600.
The bifurcated design of hepatic artery cannula 2642 can allow the system 100 to treat
both vessels as one input for hepatic artery flow without changing the configuration of
the system 100 and/or the controller 150.
In an alternative ment, when the liver includes an accessory hepatic
, two hepatic artery as 2600 may be attached to a section of Y-shaped
tubing at one end, and the other end may be connected to the organ chamber.
WO 87737
Referring to FIGS. D, an exemplary embodiment of a portal vein
cannula 2650 is shown. The cannula 2650 is generally tubular in shape and includes a
first portion 2654 that is configured to be inserted into tubing used in the system 100
and includes a first orifice 2660. The first portion 2654 can also e a ring 2652
that can be used to help secure the first portion 2654 inside of the tubing of the system
100 by friction. The cannula 2650 can also include a second portion 2656 that can
have a larger diameter than the first portion 2654 and that forms a second orifice
2662. The second portion 2656 can also include a channel 2658 that is recessed from
the surface of the second portion 2656. In some embodiments, when the user ties the
portal vein to the second portion 5626, the user can place the suture in the channel
2658 to help secure the portal vein. Viewing the cross-section shown in D,
the inside diameter of the cannula 2600 can vary, with a taper 2664 therebetween.
The cannula 2650 can be formed in various sizes, lengths, inside diameters, and
outside diameters. In some embodiments of the system 600, it can be advantageous to
have a substantially large inside diameter in the first portion 2654 and an even larger
inside diameter in the second portion 2656 to offset pressure and flow changes caused
by the cannula 2650.
Referring to FIGS. 22E-22G. in an alternative embodiment the cannula 2650
has a collar 2666 between the first and second portions. The e diameter of the
collar can have a slightly larger diameter than the first portion 2654 to t the
tubing of the system 100 from extending over the second portion 2656 when inserted.
The cannula 2650 may also have a beveled cut end 2668.
The outside diameter of the first n 2654 can be configured to be press-fit
inside of silicone or polyurethane tubing. Thus, while the outside diameter of the first
n 2654 can vary, one exemplary range of possible diameters is 0.410 — .
The e diameter of the second portion 2656 can range between 25-75 Fr, but
more specifically between 40-48 Fr. Additionally, the cannula 2650 can be made
from various biocompatible materials, such as stainless steel, titanium, and/or plastic
(the ions of the cannula 2600 can be adapted to be manufacturable using
different materials).
Referring to FIGS 23A-23N, an exemplary hepatic artery connector 3000 is
shown. The connector 3000 can be part of the branch 315 leading to the hepatic
artery of the liver. For e, the connector 3000 can be inserted into and secured
to the wall of the organ chamber 104. The connector 3000 can include a first portion
3006 that includes a circumferential channel 3007 and defines an opening 3008. In
some embodiments, the outside er of the first portion 3006 is sized to couple to
1A1” tubing, although other diameters are possible. In some embodiments, tubing
coupled to the first portion 3006 can coupled using friction and/or a common zip tie
(or other similar fastener) can be tied around the channel 3007 to secure the tubing
connected thereto. The connector 3000 can also include a second portion 3002 that
defines an opening 3003. In some embodiments, the outside diameter ofthe second
portion 3002 can be configured to couple to 1A1” tubing using a press/friction
connection, although other sizes are possible. In some embodiments, perfiasion fluid
flows from the opening 3008 toward the opening 3003.
The connector 3000 can include an interface that is configured to mate with an
opening in a wall of the organ chamber 104. For example, tor 3000 can
e a ridge 3003 that is sized to fit within a corresponding opening in a wall of the
organ r 104. A backstop 3004 can be larger than the opening to prevent the
connector from being inserted too far, and can also provide a surface on which
adhesive can be applied to bond the connector 3000 to the organ chamber 104. In
some embodiments, the ridge 3003 can include a protrusion 3011 that is red to
rotationally align the connector 3000 within the organ chamber 104. For example, in
some embodiments, the protrusion 3011 and corresponding opening in the organ
r 104 can be configured so that the connector 3000 is rotated about a
udinal axis of the second portion 3003. In some embodiments, the rotation can
be optimized to prevent air bubbles.
The connector 3010 can also including a housing 3010 that is configured to
house the pressure sensor 130b. In this embodiment the two re sensors make
up the pressure sensor 13%. In such an embodiment, the re sensors can be
mounted in the openings 3009, which can provide direct access to the fluid within the
connector 3000. Additionally, some embodiments of the connector 3000 can include
an air vent 3005 that can be connected to a valve which can be opened to vent air
bubbles trapped within the connector 3000. In operation, a user can attach one end of
a tube to the second portion 3002 and the other end of the tube to the hepatic artery
cannula 2600 (which can be connected to the hepatic artery). In some embodiments,
the user can place a liver into the organ chamber 104, connect a cannula 2600 to an
end of a piece of tubing, which can be connected to the hepatic artery using a suture.
Next, because the size of the liver can vary, the user can then trim the tubing to the
proper length and attach it to the second portion 3003.
Referring to FIGS 24A-23 L, an ary portal vein connector 3050 is
shown. In some ments the portal vein connector 3050 is configured and
functions in the same manner as the connector 3000, except that the first and second
portions can be coupled to connect to 3/8” or 1/2” tubing d of W’, although it can
be configured to work with other size tubing as well. Also, as should be clear by the
name, the portal vein connector can be configured to couple the branch 313 to the
portal vein of the liver.
While some dimensions are provided above, these dimensions are exemplary
only and each of the foregoing components can sized as necessary to achieve the
desired flow characteristics. For example, in some embodiments, it can be beneficial
to use the largest diameter cannula to avoid introducing undesirable pressure or flow
changes. Additionally, in practice, the diameter of the cannula can be chosen by the
surgeon such that the largest a is used that will ally fit in the vessel.
It is noted herein that some consider the “Fr” scale to end at “34.” Thus, to the
extent that a Fr size larger than 34 is fied (or an Fr. number that does not exist in
the traditional Fr. scale), the size in mm can be calculated by dividing the identified Fr
number by 3.
. Flow clamp
Referring to FIGS. 25A-25B, an exemplary embodiment of the flow clamp
190 is shown. The flow clamp 190 can be used to l the flow and/or pressure of
the perfusion fluid to the portal vein of the liver. The flow clamp 190 can include a
cover 4001, a knob 4002, a pivot 4003, a pin 4004 a screw 4005, a bearing 4006, a
slide 4007, an axle 4008, and a body 4009. The slide 4007 can include a groove 4010
and detent 4012 and can be configured to move up and down within the body 4009.
In some embodiments, a tube carrying perfusion fluid is placed within the body 4009
under the slide 4007. FIGS. 25C-25D show the flow clamp 190 with molded
components.
The flow clamp 190 can be configured to allow a user to y engage and
disengage the clamp 190, while still having precise control over the amount of
clamping force applied. In this embodiment, the cover 4001, the knob 4002, the pivot
4003, the pin 4004, the screw 4005, and the bearing 4006 make up a switch unit 401 1.
The pivot 4003 of the switch unit 4011 can rotate about a longitudinal axis formed by
the axle 4008 (which can be made up of two separate screws). In this , when
the switch unit 4011 is engaged (e.g., the screw 4005 is vertical), as shown in A, the g 4006 forces the slide 4007 downward in the body 4009 (which can
compress the tube carrying the perfusion fluid, if present, and restricts flow therein).
How far down the slide is forced is a function of how extended the screw 4005 is
relative to the pivot 4003. When the switch unit 4011 is disengaged, it is pivoted
sideways so that the screw is no longer vertical and does not restrict the movement of
the slide 4007. When the switch unit 4011 is pivoted, the bearing can slide along the
grove 4010. In some embodiments, the switch unit 4011 can “lock” into place when
the bearing 4006 comes to rest in the detent 4012. The user can adjust the amount of
flow restriction is imposed by the flow clamp 190 when engaged by rotating the knob
4002, thereby extending/retracting the screw 4005. In some embodiments, the pitch
ofthe screw can be 4-40 thread, gh other pitches can be used adjust the
precision of the flow clamp 190.
16. Priming
In some embodiments, the perfusion fluid includes packed red blood cells also
known as “bank blood.” Alternatively, the perfusion fluid includes blood removed
from the donor through a process of uination during harvesting of the liver.
Initially, the blood is loaded into the reservoir 160 and the cannulation locations in the
organ r assembly are connected with a bypass conduit to enable normal mode
flow of perfusion fluid through the system without a liver being t, aka “priming
tube.” Prior to cannulating the harvested liver, the system may be primed by
circulating the exsanguinated donor blood through the system to heat, oxygenate,
and/or filter it. Nutrients, preservatives, and/or other therapeutics may also be
provided during priming via the on pump of the nutritional subsystem. During
priming, various parameters may also be initialized and calibrated via the operator
interface during g. Once primed and running appropriately, the pump flow can
be reduced or cycled off, the bypass t is removed from the organ chamber
assembly, and the liver can be cannulated into the organ chamber assembly. The
pump flow can then be restored or increased, as the case may be. The priming
process is described more fully below.
17. IVC cannulation
In some embodiments, the inferior vena cava (IVC) can be cannulated, though
not required. In these embodiments, additional pressure and/or flow s can be
used to determine the pressure and/or flow of the perfusion fluid flowing from the
liver. In some ments, the cannulated IVC can be coupled directly to the sensor
140 and/or oir. In other embodiments, the IVC can be cannulated for the
purpose of directing the drainage of the perfusion fluid (e.g., directed free draining).
For example, the uncannulated end of a short tube connected to the IVC can be held
in place by a clip so that perfiision fluid drains directly over the measurement drain
2804. In other embodiments, the IVC is not cannulated and perfusion fluid can drain
freely therefrom. In still other embodiments, the IVC can be partially tied off.
In embodiments where the IVC is cannulated and connected to tubing, it can
be desirable to keep the length of tubing as short as possible to achieve the desired
result. That is, because physiologic IVC pressure is low, even a length of narrow tube
can result in an elevated IVC pressure. In embodiments of the system 600 that
include pressure exertion on the liver to encourage draining (e.g., pressurizing the
chamber 104 as discussed above), the liver may be able to tolerate a longer
a/tubing.
18. Bile duct cannulation
In some embodiments of the system 600, the bile duct of the liver can be
cannulated using an off the shelf and/or custom a. For example, a bile duct
a of 14 Fr can be used. Additionally, the bile bag 187 can be configured to
collect bile produced by the liver. In some embodiments, the bag 187 is clear so the
user can visually e the color of the bile. In some ments, the bag 187 can
collect up to 0.5 L of bile, although other amounts are possible. In some
embodiments, the bag 187 can include graduations that te how much bile has
been collected. While the system 600 is described as including a soft shell (e. g., the
bag 187) to collect bile, a hard shell container can also be used. Some embodiments
of the system 600 can include a sensor (e.g., capacitive, onic, and/or cumulative
flow rate) to measure the volume of bile collected. This information can then be
displayed to the user and/or sent to the Cloud.
19. Blood collection/filter
Some embodiments of the system 600 using whole blood from a donor can
e leukocyte filter (not shown). In these embodiments, the leukocyte filter can
be used when priming the system to filter blood received from a donor body via a
blood collection line connected to a donor’s artery and/or vein. In some
ments, the yte filter can be configured to filter at least 1500 mL of
blood in 6 minutes or less (although other rates are possible). In some embodiments,
the leukocyte filter can be configured to remove 30% or more of all leukocytes in up
to 1500 mL of whole blood.
. Final Flush Administration Kit
At times during operation, it can be ble to remove all of the perfusion
solution from the liver vasculature (e.g., before the liver is implanted into a ent)
without necting the liver from the system 100. Thus, embodiments ofthe
system 600 can be used with a final flush administration kit. The kit can include a
bag (or other container) to collect a volume of liquid (e.g., flush solution and/or
perfusate) so that when the flushing solution is administered to the liver (e.g., via
ports 4301, 4302), the system 100 is not overwhelmed by the additional volume of
fluid. Thus, in some embodiments, the system 100 can include a drain line (not
shown) that can be used to drain fluid from the reservoir 160 and/or elsewhere in the
system 100 in such a manner that the liver need not be disconnected from the system
100 before adding onal fluid. In some embodiments, the system can also be
setup in a bypass ion where the liver is temporarily isolated from the system
100 using one or more valves. For example, in this embodiment, valves can be used
before the ports 4301, 4302 to stop fluid flow within the system 100. Additional
drainage ports can then be included between the drains 2804, 2806 and the valves. In
this embodiment, the flush solution (or any other solution) can be provided via the
ports 4301, 4302 and drain out of the additional drainage ports without being
circulated in the rest of the system 100. In some embodiments, the drain line can hold
at least 3 L of liquid, although this is not required.
WO 87737
D. Interface between single/multi use modules
As shown in and described in r detail below, the multiple use
module 650 can e a front-end interface circuit board 636 for interfacing with a
front-end circuit board (shown in ] at 637) of the disposable module 634. As
described more fiilly below, power and drive signal connections between the multiple
use module 650 and the disposable module 634 can be made by way of corresponding
electromechanical tors 640 and 647 on the front end interface circuit board 636
and the front end circuit board 63 7, respectively. By way of example, the front-end
circuit board 637 can receive power for the disposable module 634 from the front-end
interface circuit board 636 via the electromechanical connectors 640 and 647. The
front end circuit board 637 can also receive drive signals for various components
(e.g., the heater assembly 110, the flow clamp 190, and the oxygenator 114) from the
controller 150 via the end interface circuit board 636 and the electromechanical
tors 640 and 647. The front-end circuit board 637 and the front-end ace
circuit board 636 can exchange control and data signals (e. g., between the controller
150 and the single use module 634) by way of optical connectors (shown in B
at 648). As described in more detail below, the connector configuration employed
between the front-end 637 and front-end interface 636 circuit boards can ensure that
critical power and data interconnections between the single and le use s
634 and 650, tively, continue to operate even during transport over rough
terrain, such as may be experienced during organ transport.
Turning now to the installation of the single use module 634 into the multiple
use module 650, shows a detailed View of the above-mentioned bracket
assembly 638 located on the multiple use module 650 for receiving and locking into
place the single use module 634. shows a side perspective view of the single
use module 634 being installed onto the bracket assembly 638 and into the multiple
use module 650, and shows a side view of the single use module 634
installed within the multiple use module 650. The bracket assembly 638 includes two
mounting brackets 642a and 642b, which can mount to an internal side of a back
panel of the housing 602 via mounting holes 644a-644d and 646a-646d, respectively.
A cross bar 641 extends between and rotatably attaches to the mounting brackets 642a
and 642b. Locking arms 643 and 645 are spaced apart along and radially extend from
the cross bar 641. Each locking arm 643 and 645 includes a respective downward
extending locking tion 643a and 645b. A lever 639 attaches to and extends
radially upward from the cross bar 641. Actuating the lever 639 in the direction of the
arrow 65] rotates the locking arms 643 and 645 toward the back 606b of the housing
602. Actuating the lever 639 in the direction of the arrow 653 rotates the locking arms
643 and 645 toward the front of the housing 602.
As described above with t to , the perfusion pump interface
assembly 300 includes four projecting heat staking points 321a-321d. During
assembly, the projections 32la-321d are aligned with corresponding res (e.g.,
657a, 657b in B) and heat staked through the apertures to rigidly mount the
IO outer side 304 of the pump interface assembly 300 onto the C-shaped t 656 of
the single use module chassis 635.
During installation, in a first step, the single use module 634 is d into
the multiple use module 650 while tilting the single use module 634 forward (shown
in ). This process slides the projection 662 into the slot 660. As shown in 6E, it also positions the flange 328 of the pump interface assembly 300 within the
docking port 342 of the perfusion pump ly 106, and the tapered projections
323a and 323b of the pump ace assembly 300 on the clockwise side of
corresponding ones of the features 344a and 344b of the pump assembly bracket 346.
In a second step, the single use module 634 is rotated backwards until locking arm
cradles of the single use module chassis 635 engage projections 643 and 645 of
spring-loaded locking arm 638, forcing the projections 643 and 645 to rotate upward,
until locking projections 643a and 645a clear the height of the locking arm cradles, at
which point the springs cause the g arm 638 to rotate downward, allowing
locking projections 643a and 645a to releasably lock with locking arm s of the
disposable module chassis 635. This motion causes the curved surface of 668 of the
single use module projection 662 of B to rotate and engage with a flat side
670 of the basin slot 660 of B. Lever 639 can be used to rotate the locking arm
638 upwards to release the single use module 635.
As shown in , this motion also causes the pump interface assembly
300 to rotate in a counterclockwise direction relative to the pump assembly 106 to
slide the flange 328 into the slot 332 of the docking port 342, and at the same time, to
slide the tapered projections 323a and 323b under the respective bracket es 344a
and 344b. As the tapered projections 323a and 323b slide under the respective bracket
features 344a and 344b, the inner es of the bracket features 344a and 344b
engage with the tapered outer surfaces of the tapered projections 323a and 323b to
draw the inner side 306 of the pump interface assembly 300 toward the pump driver
334 to form the fluid tight seal between the pump interface ly 300 and the
pump assembly 106. The lever 639 may lock in place to hold the disposable module
634 securely within the multiple use module 650.
Interlocking the single use module 374 into the multiple use module 650 can
form both electrical and optical interconnections between the front end ace
circuit board 636 on the multiple use module 650 and the front end circuit board 637
on the single use module 634. The ical and optical connections enable the
multiple use module 650 to power, control and collect information from the single
module 634. A is an exemplary conceptual drawing g various l
couplers and omechanical connectors on the front end circuit board 637 of the
single-use disposable module 634 used to communicate with corresponding optical
couplers and electromechanical connectors on the front end interface circuit board
636 of the multiple use module 650. Since this correspondence is one for one, the
various optical couplers and electromechanical connectors are described only with
reference to the front end t board 63 7, rather than also depicting the front end
circuit board 650.
According to the exemplary embodiment, the front end circuit board 637
receives signals from the front end interface circuit board 636 Via both optical
couplers and electromechanical tors. For example, the front end circuit board
637 receives power 358 from the front end interface circuit board 636 Via the
electromechanical connectors 712 and 714. The front end circuit board 637 applies
the power to the components of the single use module 634, such as the various sensors
and transducers of the single use module 634. Optionally, the front end circuit board
637 converts the power to suitable levels prior to distribution. The front end interface
circuit board 636 can also provide the heater drive signals 281a and 28 lb to the
applicable connections 282a on the heater 246 of via the electromechanical
connectors 704 and 706. Similarly, the electromechanical tors 708 and 710 can
couple the heater drive signals 283a and 283b to the applicable connections in 282b of
the heater 248.
ing to the exemplary embodiment, the front end circuit board 637 can
receive signals from temperature, pressure, fluid te, and
oxygenation/hematocrit sensors, amplify the signals, convert the signals to a digital
format, and provide them to the front-end interface circuit board 636 by way of
electrical and/or optical couplers. For example, the front end circuit board 637 can
e the temperature signal 121 from the sensor 120 on the heater plate 250 to the
front end interface circuit board 636 by way of the optical coupler 676. Similarly, the
front end circuit board 637 can provide the temperature signal 123 from the sensor
122 on the heater plate 252 to the front end interface circuit board 636 by way of the
optical coupler 678. The front end—circuit board 637 can also e the perfusion
fluid temperature signals 125 and 127 from the thermistor sensor 124 to the front end
ace circuit board 636 via respective l couplers 680 and 682. Perfusion
fluid pressure signals 129, 131 and 133 can be provided from respective re
transducers 126, 128 and 130 to the front end interface circuit board 636 via
respective optical couplers 688, 690 and 692. The front end circuit board 637 can also
provide perfusion fluid flow rate signals 135, 137 and 139 from respective flow rate
sensors 134, 136 and 138 to the front end interface circuit board 636 by way of
respective optical couplers 694, 696 and 698. Additionally, the front end circuit board
637 can provide the oxygen saturation 141 and hematocrit 145 signals from the sensor
140 to the front end interface circuit board 636 by way of respective optical couplers
700 and 702. In another implementation, the front end circuit receives signals from
integrated blood gas analysis probes. In another implementation the front end board
passes control signals to a fluid path restrictor to facilitate real time control of the
division of perfusate flow between the portal vein and hepatic artery conduits. The
ller 150 can employ the signals provided to the front end interface circuit board
636, along with other signals, to transmit data and otherwise control operation of the
system 600.
While the front end circuit board 637 is described with the foregoing couplers,
more or fewer couplers can be used based on the number of connections necessary.
In some exemplary embodiments, one or more of the foregoing s can be
wired directly to the main system board 718 for processing and is, thus by-
passing the front-end interface board 636 and front-end board 637 ther. Such
embodiments can be desirable where the user prefers to re—use one or more of the
sensors prior to disposal. In one such e, the flow rate sensors 134, 136 and 138
and the oxygen and hematocrit sensor 140 are electrically coupled directly to the
system main board 718 through electrical coupler 611 shown in C, thus by-
passing any tion with the circuit boards 636 and 637.
B rates the operation of an exemplary electromechanical
connector pair of the type employed for the electrical interconnections between the
circuit boards 636 and 63 7. Similarly, C illustrates the ion of an optical
coupler pair of the type ed for the optically coupled interconnections between
the circuit boards 636 and 637. One advantage of both the electrical connectors and
l couplers employed is that they ensure connection integrity, even when the
system 600 is being transported over rough terrain, for example, such as being
wheeled along a tarmac at an t, being transported in an aircraft during bad
weather conditions, or being transported in an ambulance over rough roadways. The
power for the front end board 637 is isolated in a DC power supply located on the
front end interface board 636.
As shown in B, the electromechanical connectors, such as the
connector 704, include a portion, such as the portion 703, located on the front end
interface circuit board 636 and a portion, such as the portion 705, located on the front
end circuit board 637. The portion 703 includes an ed head 703a mounted on a
substantially straight and rigid stem 703b. The head 703 includes an outwardly facing
ntially flat surface 708. The portion 705 includes a substantially straight and
rigid pin 705 including an end 705a for contacting the surface 708 and a spring-loaded
end 705b. Pin 705 can move axially in and out as shown by the directional arrow 721
while still maintaining electrical contact with the surface 708 of the enlarged head
703a. This feature enables the single use module 634 to in electrical contact
with the multiple use module 650 even when experiencing mechanical disturbances
associated with ort over rough terrain. An advantage of the flat surface 708 is
that it allows for easy cleaning of the interior surface of the multiple use module 650.
According to the illustrative embodiment, the system 600 employs a connector for the
electrical interconnection between the single use disposable 634 and multiple use 650
s. An exemplary connector is part no. 101342 made by Interconnect Devices.
r, any suitable connector may be used.
Optical couplers, such as the optical couplers 684 and 687 of the front end
t board 637, are used and include ponding counterparts, such as the optical
couplers 683 and 685 of the front end interface circuit board 636. The optical
transmitters and optical receiver portions of the optical couplers may be d on
either circuit board 636 or 637.
As in the case of the electromechanical connectors ed, allowable
nce in the optical alignment between the optical transmitters and corresponding
optical receivers enables the circuit boards 636 and 637 to remain in optical
communication even during transport over rough terrain. According to the rative
embodiment, the system 100 uses optical couplers made under part nos. 5FH485P
and/or 5FH203 PFA by Osram. However, any suitable coupler may be used.
The couplers and connectors can facilitate the transmission of data within the
system 600. The front-end interface circuit board 636 and the front-end board 637
transmit data pertaining to the system 600 in a paced fashion. As shown in C,
circuit board 636 transmits to the front-end board 637 a clock signal that is
synchronized to the clock on the controller 150. The front-end circuit board 637
receives this clock signal and uses it to synchronize its transmission of system data
(such as temperatures, pressures, or other desired information) with the clock cycle of
the controller 150. This data is zed by a processor on the front—end circuit board
637 according to the clock signal and a pre-set sequence of data type and source
address (i.e. type and location of the sensor providing the data). The front-end
interface circuit board 636 receives the data from the front-end board 637 and
transmits the data set to the main board 618 for use by the ller 150 in
evaluation, display, and system control. Additional optical rs can be added
between the multiple use module and single use module for ission of control
data from the multiple use module to the single use module, such data including
heater control signals or clamp/flow restrictor controls.
IV. Description of exemplary system operation
A. Generally
As described below, the system 600 can be configured to operate in multiple
modes such as: perfusion circuit priming mode, organ stabilization mode,
nance mode, chilling mode, and self-test/diagnostic mode. During each mode
the system (vis-a-vis the controller 150) can be configured to operate in different
manners. For example, as described more fully below, during the different modes of
operation characteristics of, for example, perfusion fluid flow rates, perfilsion fluid
pressure, perfusion fluid temperature, etc. can vary.
Additionally, some embodiments of the system 600 can include a self-test
mode in which diagnostics can be performed. For example, the system 600 can
tically test circuits and sensors in the single use and multiple use modules
before the organ is instrumented on the system. The system 600 can also check to
ensure that the single use module is installed properly in the multiple use module
(e.g., all connections are secure and functioning). In the event of a failure, the system
can inform the user and inhibit further operation of the system until the issue is
resolved.
B. Temperature monitoring and l
In general, the temperature of an organ contained in the system 600 can be
controlled by circulating warmed or cooled perfiasion fluid therethrough. Thus, the
perfusion fluid itself can be used to control the temperature of the organ without using
a ted heater/cooler within the organ chamber 104.
In some embodiments of the system 600, the controller 150 can be configured
to receive signals from one or more temperature sensors such as temperature sensors
120, 122, 124. While these sensors are described as being located at or near the heater
110, this is not required. For example, temperature sensors that measure the
temperature of the perfusion fluid can be placed hout the system 100 such as in
the es 313, 315, in the measurement drain 2804, in the drain 2806, and/or in the
reservoir 160. Additional temperature sensors can also be ed to e other
temperature aspects of the system 600. For example, the system 600 can include
ambient air temperature sensors that measure the ature of the environment
around the system 600, temperature sensors that measure the temperature of the
environment within the organ chamber 104, and/or sensors that e the
temperature of a e and/or internal portion of the organ contained therein.
The controller 150 can use information from the various temperature sensors
in the system 600 in order to control the ature of the environment and/or
perfusion fluid therein. For example, in some embodiments the controller 150 can
in the perfusion fluid exiting the heater at a desired temperature. In some
embodiments, the controller 150 can determine a ature differential between the
perfusion fluid flowing into and out of the organ. If the temperature differential is
large, the controller 150 can indirectly determine the temperature of the organ and
adjust the temperature of the perfiasion fluid flowing into the organ to achieve the
desired organ temperature. Additionally, in some embodiments the organ chamber
104 can include a heater/cooler that heats/cools the environment within the organ
chamber 104, such as a resistive heater or a thermoelectric cooler. Such a
/cooler can be controlled by the controller 150.
While much of the disclosure herein s on heating an organ to a desired
temperature, this is not intended to be ng. In some embodiments, the system 600
can include a cooling unit (not shown) in on to and/or instead of the heater 110.
In such embodiments, the cooling unit can be used to cool the perfusion fluid and
ultimately cool the organ itself. This can be useful during, for example, post-
preservation ng procedures used with a heart, lung, kidney, and/or liver. In some
embodiments, the cooling unit can be comprised of a gas exchanger with an integrated
water cooled feature, although other configurations are possible.
C. Blood flow monitoring and control
Many organs in the human body receive a blood supply with a single set of
pressure and flow characteristics (e. g., kidney, lung). To the extent that these organs
are maintained ex vivo in an organ care system, a single pump and a single supply
line can be used to provide perfusion fluid thereto. The liver, however, is different
from other organs in that it has two blood supplies, each with different pressure and
flow characteristics. As noted above, the liver es imately 1/3 of its blood
supply from the hepatic artery and imately 2/3 of its blood supply from the
portal vein. The hepatic artery provides a pulsatile blood flow at a relatively high
pressure, but low flow rate. In contrast, the portal vein provides a substantially
nonpulsatile blood flow at a relatively low pressure, but high flow rate. Because of
these different flow characteristics, providing perfusion fluid to an ex vivo liver can
present challenges when a single pump is used. Thus, some embodiments of the
organ care system 600 include a system that is configured to provide a dual flow of
perfusion fluid in a manner that mimics the human body. Specifically, the branch 315
of the system 100 can provide ion fluid to the c artery in a pulsatile, high-
pressure, low flow . The branch 313 of the system 100 can provide perfusion
fluid to the portal vein in a non-pulsatile, low re, high flow manner.
As noted above, the pump 106 can provide a flow ofperfiasion fluid at a
predetermined flow rate, which can be split at the divider 105. In some ments,
the fluid flow can be split between the c artery and the portal vein at a ratio of
between 1:2 and 1:3. In some embodiments, the divider is configured such that the
branch 313 uses 3/8” tubing and the branch 315 uses 1A” tubing. In some
embodiments, a portal vein clamp can be used to help attain this split ratio and/or can
be used to restrict the resulting flow in the portal vein leg of the circuit (e.g., branch
313) so as to create higher pressure flow in the hepatic artery leg of the circuit (e.g.,
branch 315) and lower pressure flow in the parallel portal vein leg of the circuit. In
some embodiments, a user can manually adjust the portal vein clamp (e.g., such as the
flow clamp 190) to effect a hepatic re in the acceptable range and adjust the
pump flow rate to provide an acceptable hepatic artery flow rate. The combination of
these two adjustments (portal vein clamp and pump flow rate) can result in acceptable
hepatic artery flow and pressure and correspondingly acceptable portal vein pressure
and flow rate.
In some embodiments, the portal vein clamp can be implemented as
mechanism controlled by the system, such as an electromechanical or pneumatically
controlled clamp. The system can adjust the pump flow and portal vein clamp in
response to pressure and flow values measured on the hepatic artery and portal vein
branches to effect pressures and flows in acceptable ranges for these paths. For
example, in embodiments that use an automated portal vein clamp, if the controller
150 detects that the flow in the hepatic artery branch 315 is too low, the controller 150
can increase the flow rate provided by the pump 106. Likewise, if the controller
detects that the pressure in the hepatic artery branch 315 is too low, the controller 150
can cause the portal vein clamp to close slightly in order to increase the pressure in
hepatic artery branch 315.
In some embodiments, the controller 150 can monitor the level of perfusion
fluid in the system 600. In the event that the amount of ion fluid is below
recommended levels, the controller 150 can alert the user to this fact so that they may
take recommended action such as ing pump flow and/or adding additional
perfusion fluid to the . onally, if the level is below a critical level, the
controller 150 can automatically reduce the pump flow to a reduced or minimal level
while alerting the user.
D. Gas monitoring and control
In some ments, the system 600 can be configured to automatically
control pressure within the system by varying the flow rate of the pump 106 and/or by
controlling the infiision of a vasodilator. For example, one ofthe infiasions provided
by the solution pump 631 can be, or can contain a vasodilator. When a vasodilator is
IO administered, the ion fluid pressure for a given flow rate within the system 100
can drop (due to the dilation of the vasculature in the . Thus, for example,
reducing the infusion rate of a vasodilator can result in increased perfiasate pressure.
An optimal balance can be achieved at the least amount of vasodilator that results in
adequate liver perfusion.
The system 600 can be configured to control the gas content in the perfusion
fluid in such a manner that it mimics the human body. Accordingly, in some
ments, the system 600 includes a gas exchanger (e. g., gas exchanger 114) that
is configured to provide 02 and/or other desirable gases to the perfiasion fluid. In
principle, a gas exchanger works by facilitating the flow of a high concentration of
gas to an area of low concentration of gas. In this way, the O2 in the maintenance gas
(e.g., the gas provided to the gas exchanger) can be diffused to the O2 depleted
perfusion fluid and the relatively high level of CO2 in the perfusion fluid can be
diffused to the maintenance gas before it is exhausted from the gas ger. The
maintenance gas provided to the gas exchanger can be comprised ofthe appropriate
e of 02, N2, and CO2, where the tration of O2 is higher, and the
concentration of CO2 is lower than that in the perfusion solution exiting a
metabolically-active liver. In some instances the gas is sed of only 02 and N2.
Some embodiments of the system 600 include an oxygenation sensor (e.g.,
sensor 140) that can be used to provide information about the oxygenation of the
perfusion fluid. If the oxygenation level is too low, the rate of gas supplied to the gas
ger can be increased to raise the level of oxygen in the perfusion fluid.
Likewise, if the level is too high, the rate of gas supplied to the gas exchanger can be
decreased. Control of the gas supply to the gas exchanger can be performed manually
by the user (e.g., through the operator ace module 146) and/or automatically. In
an automated embodiment, the controller 150 can automatically increase or decrease
the gas flow from the d gas supply to the gas ger to effect the desired
change in ation level.
The liver, however, can present an additional challenge providing the proper
perfusion fluid gas content. Because of its inherent metabolism, the liver produces
CO2 that replaces 02 contained in the perfusate. In some embodiments, measuring the
02 levels alone is not sufficient to determine the amount of CO2 present in the
perfusion fluid. Thus, some embodiments the system 600 can be configured to
IO separately monitor the level of CO2 in the perfusion fluid to ensure that it stays within
an acceptable range. In these embodiments, the gas exchanger can also be used to
reduce or even eliminate CO2 from the perfiision fluid as it passes therethrough.
In order to determine the carbon dioxide level in the perfusate, some
embodiments of the system 600 orate blood sample ports so that the user can
withdraw blood samples to assess the levels of carbon e in the perfusate via a
third party blood gas analyzer. Based on this is, the user can assign a gas flow
rate into the gas exchanger in order to effect an acceptable carbon dioxide level in the
perfusate. For example, higher than acceptable levels of carbon dioxide can require a
higher gas flow rate to the gas exchanger to reduce the resulting level of carbon
dioxide. However, it can be ageous to keep the gas flow to the gas exchanger
as low as possible in order to maximize the life of the onboard gas supply—an
ant factor in extended transport scenarios.
Some embodiments of the system 600 can incorporate a blood gas analysis
system (not shown). In these embodiments, the blood gas is system can be
configured to sample perfusion fluid flowing within the system 100. For example, the
blood gas analysis system can be configured to take samples of perfusion fluid at one
or more locations in the system 100 such as in es 313, 315, in the measurement
drain 2804, and/or in the main drain 2806. By measuring the concentration of oxygen
and/or carbon dioxide in the perfusate, the controller 150 can automatically increase
or decrease, as the case may be, the flow of gas to the gas exchanger to obtain the
desired gas levels in the perfusion fluid.
E. Solution delivery and control
As noted above, some embodiments of the system 600 can include a solution
pump that is configured to provide one or more solutions. In some specific
embodiments, the runtime perfusion solution comprises three solutions. The first
solution can comprise one or more energy—rich component (e.g., one or more
carbohydrates); and/or one or more amino acids; and/or one or more electrolytes;
and/or one or more ing agents (e.g., onate). In some particular
embodiments, the first solution can comprise TPN (Clinimix E), buffering agents
(e.g., sodium bicarbonate and phosphates), heparin and insulin. The second solution
can comprise one or more vasodilators. In some particular embodiments, the
IO vasodilator used is Flolan®. The third solution can comprise bile acid or salts (e.g.,
Na Taurocholic acid salt). In some ments, the three solutions are kept separate
from one another and administered separately (e.g., using the three channels of the
solution pump 631). In other embodiments, the three solutions, optionally all aqueous
solutions, can be mixed er to form the runtime perfiJsion solutions. In n
embodiments, a sufficient amount of heparin can be ed (e.g., amount sufficient
to maintain activated clotting time (ACT) for about or more than 400 seconds ACT).
V. Solutions
Exemplary solutions that can be used in the organ care system 600 according
to one or more embodiments are now described. Various solutions can be used at
different times in the vation/treatment s.
A. Donor Flush
If the organ being harvested is an abdominal organ, the surgeon performing
the harvest can perform a donor flush in vivo or ex vivo to remove donor blood and/or
other matter from the organ. The flush used during the donor flush can be an
intracellular or extracellular solution such as the University of Wisconsin Solution, a
modified University of Wisconsin Solution, or a histidine-tryptophan-ketoglutarate
(HTK) solution.
B. Initial flush solution
In some ments, after the donor flush (regardless of r the donor
flush was done in vivo or ex vivo) and before it is placed in the vation chamber
of the organ care system 600, an initial flush solution can be used to flush the liver in
vivo or ex vivo in order to remove the residual blood and any solution used in the
WO 87737 2015/033839
donor flush. This flush solution is referred to herein as the initial flush solution,
which is optionally a sterile solution. In some ments, the main components of
the l flush solution can include a buffered isotonic electrolyte solution, such as
Plasmalyte, and an ti-inflammatory, such as SoluMedrol. In some embodiments, the
initial flush can be used to remove the fluid used during the donor flush. In some
embodiments, the main components of the initial flush solution can include
electrolytes and buffering agents. Non-limiting examples of the electrolytes include
s salts of sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, chloride, en
phosphate, and hydrogen carbonate. A proper combination of the electrolytes in
suitable concentrations can help maintain the physiological c pressure of the
intracellular and extracellar environment in liver. Non-limiting examples of the
ing agents include bicarbonate ions. The buffering agents in the initial flush
solution can serve to maintain the pH value inside the liver organ to be at or close to
the physiological state, e. g., about 7.3 to 7.6, 7.4 to 7.6, or 7.4 to 7.5. Preferably, after
the liver is ted to the initial flush and cooled according to one more
embodiments described herein, the harvested liver can be placed into the organ care
system 600 according to one more embodiments.
C. Priming solution and additives
In certain embodiments, prior to the placement of the liver into the organ care
system 600, the organ care system 600 can be primed with a priming solution. The
g solution can be sterile and can be used to evaluate the physical integrity of
the system and/or to help remove the air in the system. The composition of the
priming solution can be similar or identical to that of the runtime perfusion solution,
described in more detail below. The priming solution can include certain additives to
render the system compatible with liver preservation. For instance, the liver regularly
produces coagulation factors promoting blood coagulation. In order to t the
blood (e.g., donor’s blood used as part of the perfusion fluid for preserving the liver
on the organ care system 600) from clotting during preservation, anti-clotting agents
can be added to the priming solution as additives. Non-limiting examples of anti-
clotting agents include heparin. Heparin can be administered throughout the
vation session to maintain ACT ated clotting time) of Z 400 s,
although other ACT values can be used. Depending on the liver being maintained, the
amount of n needed to achieve the desired ACT can vary. In some
embodiments, the heparin can be provided continuously or at intervals such as at 0, 3,
and 6 hours post-instrumentation on the system 600. In certain embodiments, the
organ care system 600 can be primed by a blood product (e.g., donor’s blood) or
synthetic blood product prior to the placement of the liver into the organ care system
600. In certain embodiments, the system 600 can be primed by the g solution
and/or the blood or synthetic blood product. The system 600 can be primed by the
mixture ofthe priming on and the blood or synthetic blood product, or by the
priming solution and the blood or synthetic blood product sequentially. In some
IO embodiments, the organ care system 600 is primed with the perfusion fluid described
herein (e. g., the perfusion fluid used to ve the organ). Alternatively or
additionally, any one of the following combined with either albumen or dextran can
also be used: donor blood, red blood cells (RBC), or RBCs plus fresh frozen plasma
plus
Table 1 sets forth components that can be used in an exemplary priming
solution.
TABLE 1. ition of Exemplary Priming Solution
Component Amount Specification
pRBCs 1200-1500 : about 10%
% Albumin : about 10%
PlasmaLyte : about 10%
Cefazoline or 2 about 10%
equivalent antibiotic
(gram positive and
gram negative)
Cipro or equivalent : about 10%.
antibiotic (gram
positive and gram
negative)
Soiwl‘viedrol or i about 10%.
equivalent anti»
inflammatory
50 mmoi : about 10%.
itamin
Calcium ate : about 10%.
Heparin (Optional) 10000 Units : about 10%.
The exemplary priming solution can be added to the organ care system 600 through
the priming step 5024, as more fully described with reference to (described
more fillly below).
D. Runtime perfusion solution
During the preservation of the harvested liver in the organ care system 600
(e.g., during transport), a perfusion fluid or perfusate, can be used to perfuse the liver
and maintain the liver function at or near physiological conditions. In certain
embodiments, the perfusion fluid comprises a runtime ion on (also
ed to as a maintenance solution) and/or a blood product, e.g., donor’s blood,
other individual’s compatible blood, or synthetic blood. The perfusion fluid can be
periodically/continuously infused by, for example, the solution pump 631 in order to
provide nutrients that can maintain the liver during preservation. In some
embodiments, the runtime perfusion solution and/or the blood product are sterile.
The compositions of the runtime perfusion solution and the priming solution
are now described in more detail. According to certain ments, the runtime
perfusion solution with particular solutes and concentration is ed and
proportioned to enable the organ to fianction at physiologic or near physiologic
conditions. For example, such conditions e maintaining organ function at or
near a logical temperature and/or preserving the liver in a state that permits
normal cellular metabolism, such as protein synthesis, e storage, lipid
metabolism, and bile production. In some embodiments, the priming solution and
runtime solution can be selected to be similar or even identical to one another.
In certain embodiments, the runtime perfiasion solution is formed from
compositions by combining ents with a fluid, from more concentrated
solutions by dilution, or from more dilute solutions by tration. In exemplary
embodiments, suitable runtime perfusion solutions include an energy source, and/or
one or more stimulants to assist the organ in continuing its normal physiologic
function prior to and during transplantation, and/or one or more amino acids selected
and proportioned so that the organ continues its cellular metabolism during perfusion.
The runtime perfusion solution can include any therapeutic agents bed in more
detail below. Cellular lism includes, for example conducting protein synthesis
while functioning during perfusion. Some illustrative solutions are s based,
while other illustrative solutions are ueous, for example organic solvent-based,
ionic-liquid-based, or fatty-acid-based.
The runtime perfiasion solution can include one or more energy-rich
components to assist the liver in conducting its normal physiologic function. These
components can include energy rich materials that are metabolizable, and/or
components of such materials that an organ, e.g., liver, can use to synthesize energy
sources during perfusion. Exemplary sources of energy-rich molecules include, for
e, one or more carbohydrates. Examples of carbohydrates include
ccharides, disaccharides, oligosaccharides, polysaccharides, or combinations
thereof, or sors or metabolites thereof. While not meant to be ng,
examples of ccharides suitable for the solutions include octoses; heptoses;
hexoses, such as fructose, allose, altrose, glucose, mannose, gulose, idose, galactose,
and talose; pentoses such as ribose, arabinose, xylose, and ; tetroses such as
erythrose and threose; and trioses such as glyceraldehyde. While not meant to be
limiting, examples of disaccharides suitable for the solutions include ltose (4-
O-(OL-D-glucopyranosyl)—0t-D-glucopyranose), (+)-cellobiose (4-O-(B-D-
glucopyranosyl)-D—glucopyranose), (+)-lactose (4-O-(B-D-galactopyranosyl)—B-D-
glucopyranose), sucrose (2-O-(0t-D-glucopyranosyl)-B-D-fructofuranoside). While
not meant to be limiting, examples of polysaccharides suitable for the solutions
include ose, , amylose, amylopectin, sulfomucopolysaccharides (such as
dermatane sulfate, chondroitin sulfate, sulodexide, mesoglycans, heparan sulfates,
idosanes, heparins and heparinoids), dextrin, and glycogen. In some embodiments,
monossacharides, disaccharides, and polysaccharides of both s, ketoses, or a
combination thereof are used. One or more isomers, including enantiomers,
diastereomers, and/or tautomers of monosacharides, disaccharides, and/or
polysaccharides, ing those described and not described herein, can be employed
in the e ion solution described herein. In some embodiments, one or more
monossacharides, disaccharides, and/or polysaccharides can have been chemically
modified, for example, by derivatization and/or protection (with protecting groups) of
one or more functional groups. In certain ments, ydrates, such as
dextrose or other forms of glucose are preferred.
Other possible energy sources include, co-enzyme A, pyruvate, flavin adenine
dinucleotide (FAD), thiamine pyrophosphate chloride (co—carboxylase), [3-
nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD), B-nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide
phosphate ), and phosphate derivatives of nucleosides, i.e. nucleotides,
including mono-, di-, and tri-phosphates (e.g., UTP, GTP, GDP, and UDP),
coenzymes, or other bio-molecules having similar cellular metabolic functions, and/or
metabolites or precursors thereof. For example, phosphate derivatives of adenosine,
guanosine, thymidine (5 -Me-uridine), cytidine, and uridine, as well as other lly
and chemically modified nucleosides are contemplated.
In n embodiments, one or more carbohydrates can be provided along
with a phosphate , such as a nucleotide. The carbohydrate can help enable the
organ to produce ATP or other energy sources during perfusion. The phosphate
source can be ed directly through ATP, ADP, AMP or other sources. In other
rative embodiments, a phosphate is provided through a phosphate salt, such as
glycerophosphate, sodium phosphate or other phosphate ions. A phosphate can
include any form thereof in any ionic state, including protonated forms and forms
with one or more counter ions. The energy source used can depend on the type of
organ being perfused (e.g., ine can be omitted when perfusing a liver).
One of the liver’s important functions is to produce bile liquid. In some
embodiments, the runtime ion solution comprises one or more compounds
supporting the production of bile by the liver. Non—limiting examples of such
compounds include cholesterol, y bile acids, secondary bile acids, glycine,
taurine, and bile acids (bile salts) to promote production of bile by the liver ex vivo,
IO all of which can be used by the liver to produce bile. In some specific embodiments,
the bile salt is Na Taurocholic acid salt.
Because ofthe liver’s function as the lism powerhouse of the body, it is
typically in constant need of energy source and . Thus, in addition to
maintaining the proper concentration of the energy source compounds in the perfiJsion
liquid, the organ care system 600 described herein can also red to provide
constant oxygen supply to the preserved liver. In some embodiments, the oxygen is
provided by ing an oxygen gas flow through the perfusion liquid (e.g., in the gas
exchanger 114) or the blood product to dissolve or saturate oxygen in the liquid
medium, e.g, by binding oxygen to the hemoglobin in the blood product. In certain
embodiments, the perfusion liquid supplied to the liver contains 02 in PaOz 2 200
mmHg (arterial perfusate). In certain embodiments, the perfusion liquid supplied to
the liver contains less than PaCOz S 40 mmHg of carbon dioxide y promoting
and ining the oxidative metabolic functions of the liver. In certain
embodiments, the perfusion liquid contains less than 30 mmHg 5 PAC02 of carbon
dioxide thereby maintaining the pH value in the liver to in its biological
functions.
The runtime perfiision solution described herein can e one or more
amino acids, ably a plurality of amino acids, to support protein synthesis by the
organ's cells. Suitable amino acids include, for example, any of the naturally-
occurring amino acids. The amino acids can be, in s enantiomeric or
diastereomeric forms. For example, solutions can employ either D- or L-amino acids,
or a combination thereof, i.e. solutions enantioenriched in more of the D- or L-isomer
or racemic solutions. Suitable amino acids can also be non-naturally occurring or
modified amino acids, such as line, ornithine, homocystein, homoserine, [3-
amino acids such as B-alanine, amino-caproic acid, or combinations thereof
Certain exemplary runtime perfusion solutions include some but not all
lly-occurring amino acids. In some embodiments, runtime perfusion solutions
include essential amino acids. For example, a runtime perfusion solution can be
ed with one or more or all of the following amino-acids: Glycine, Alanine,
Arginine, Aspartic Acid, Glutamic Acid, Histidine, Isoleucine, Leucine, Methionine,
Phenylalanine, Proline, Serine, nine, phan, Tyrosine, Valine, and Lysine
acetate.
In n embodiments, non-essential and/or semi-essential amino acids are
not included in the runtime perfusion solution. For example, in some embodiments,
asparagine, glutamine, and/or cysteine are not included. In other embodiments, the
solution contains one or more non-essential and/or semi-essential amino acids.
Accordingly, in some ments, asparagine, glutamine, and/or cysteine are
included.
The runtime ion solution can also contain electrolytes, particularly
calcium ions for facilitating enzymatic reactions, and/or maintain osmotic pressure
within the liver. Other electrolytes can be used, such as sodium, potassium, chloride,
sulfate, magnesium and other inorganic and c charged species, or combinations
thereof. It should be noted that any component provided hereunder can be provided,
where valence and stability , in an ionic form, in a protonated or unprotonated
form, in salt or free base form, or as ionic or covalent tuents in ation
with other components that hydrolyze and make the component available in aqueous
solutions, as suitable and appropriate.
In certain ments, the runtime perfiJsion solution contains buffering
components. For example, suitable buffer s include 2-
morpholinoethanesulfonic acid monohydrate (MES), cacodylic acid, NaHC03
(pKal), citric acid (pKag), bis(2-hydroxyethyl)-imino-tris-(hydroxymethyl)—methane
(Bis-Tris), N—carbamoylmethylimidino acetic acid (ADA), 3-
bis[tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamino]propane (Bis-Tris Propane) (pKal), piperazine-
I,4-bis(2-ethanesulfonic acid) (PIPES), N-(2-Acetamido)-2—aminoethanesulfonic acid
(ACES), imidazole, N,N—bis(2-hydroxyethyl)—2-aminoethanesulfonic acid (BES), 3-
(N—morpholino)propanesulphonic acid (MOPS), NaH2P04/Na2HPO4 (pKaz), N-
tris(hydroxymethyl)methylaminoethanesulfonic acid (TES), N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-
piperazine—N'ethanesulfonic acid (HEPES), N-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine-N'-(2—
hydroxypropanesulfonic acid) (HEPPSO), triethanolamine, N-
[tris(hydroxymethyl)methyl]glycine (Tricine), tris ymethylaminoethane ,
glycineamide, N,N—bis(2-hydroxyethyl) glycine (Bicine), glycylglycine (pKaz), N-
ydroxymethyl)methylaminopropanesulfonic acid (TAPS), or a combination
thereof. In some embodiments, the solutions contain sodium bicarbonate, potassium
phosphate, or TRIS buffer.
The e perfusion solution can include other components to help maintain
IO the liver and t it against ischemia, reperfilsion injury and other ill effects during
perfusion. In n exemplary embodiments these components can include hormones
(e.g. , insulin), Vitamins (e.g., an adult multi-Vitamin, such as multi-Vitamin MVIAdult
), and/or steroids (e.g, dexamethasone and SoluMedrol).
In another aspect, a blood product can be provided with the runtime ion
solution to support the liver during preservation. Exemplary suitable blood products
can include whole blood, and/or one or more components thereof such as blood
serum, plasma, albumin, and red blood cells. In embodiments where whole blood is
used, the blood can be passed through a leukocyte and platelet depleting filter to
reduce pyrogens, antibodies and/or other items that can cause inflammation in the
organ. Thus, in some embodiments, the perfiision fluid employs whole blood that has
been at least partially depleted of leukocytes and/or whole blood that has been at least
partially depleted of platelets.
The perfusion fluid comprising the blood product and the runtime perfusion
on can be provided at a physiological temperature and maintained thereabout
throughout perfusion and recirculation. As used herein, "physiological temperature" is
ed to as atures between about 25° C and about 37° C, for example,
between about 30° C and about 37° C, such as n about 34° C and about 37° C.
Other components or additives can be added to the runtime ion solution,
including, for example, adenosine, magnesium, phosphate, calcium, and/or sources
thereof. In some ments, additional components are provided to assist the liver
in conducting its metabolism during perfusion. These components include, for
example, forms of adenosine, which can be used for ATP sis, for maintaining
endothelial function, and/or for attenuating ischemia and/or reperfiasion injury.
Components can also include other nucleosides, such as guanosine, thymidine (S-Me-
e), cytidine, and e, as well as other naturally and chemically modified
nucleosides including nucleotides thereof. According to some ments, a
magnesium ion source is provided with a phosphate source, and in certain
embodiments, with adenosine to further enhance ATP synthesis within the cells of the
perfused liver. A plurality of amino acids can also be added to t protein
synthesis by the liver cells. Applicable amino acids can include, for example, any of
the naturally-occurring amino acids, as well as those mentioned above.
In some embodiments, the runtime perfusion solution further comprises one or
more vasodilators (e.g., a vasodilator can be used to increase or decrease vascular tone
and thereby the pressure within the vessel). In some particular embodiments, the
vasodilator used is Flolan® although other vasodilators can also be used.
Table 2 sets forth components that can be used in a runtime perfusion solution
for preserving a liver as described herein. The runtime perfusion solution can include
one or more of the components bed in Table 2.
TABLE 2. ent plary Composition
for the Runtime Perfusion on
Component Exemplary Concentration Ranges in
Preservative Solution
Alanine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Glutamic Acid about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Glutamine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
2015/033839
Leucine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Lysine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Methionine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Phenylalanine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Proline about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Serine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
AMP about 10 ug/L-about 100 g/L
Ascorbic Acid about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
D-Biotin about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Vitamin D-12 about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Cholesterol about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Dextrose (Glucose) about 1 out 150 g/L
Multi-Vitamin Adult about 1 mg/L-about 20 mg/L or 1 unit Vial
Epinephrine about 1 ug/L-about 1 g/L
Folic Acid about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
hione about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Guanine about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
ol about 1 g/L-about 100 g/L
Riboflavin about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Ribose about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Thiamine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Uracil about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Calcium Chloride about 1 mg/L-about lOO g/L
NaHC03 about 1 mg/L-about 100 g/L
Magnesium sulfate about 1 mg/L-about 100 g/L
Potassium chloride about 1 mg/L-about 100 g/L
Sodium about 1 mg/L-about 100 g/L
glycerophosphate
Sodium Chloride about 1 mg/L-about 100 g/L
Sodium Phosphate about 1 mg/L-about 100 g/L
Insulin about 1 IU-about 150 IU
Serum albumin about 1 g/L-about 100 g/L
Pyruvate about 1 mg/L-about 100 g/L
Coenzyme A about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Serum about 1 ml/L-about 100 ml/L
n about 500 U/L-about 1500 U/L
Solumedrol about 200 mg/L-about 500 mg/L
thasone about 1 mg/L-about 1 g/L
FAD about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
NADP about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
guanosine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
GTP about 10 ug/L-about 100 g/L
GDP about 10 ug/L-about 100 g/L
GMP about 10 ug/L-about 100 g/L
Table 3 sets forth components that can be used in an ary runtime
ion solution. The amounts provided in Table 3 describe preferred amounts
relative to other components in the table and can be scaled to provide compositions of
sufficient quantity. In some embodiments, the amounts listed in Table 3 can vary by i
about 10% and still be used in the solutions bed herein.
TABLE 3. Components of Exemplary Runtime
Perfiasion Solution
Calcium Chloride dihydrate About 2100 mg-About 2600 mg
Glycine About 315 mg-About 385 mg
L—Alanine About 150 mg-About 200 mg
L-Arginine About 600 ut 800 mg
rtic Acid About 220 ut 270 mg
L-Glutamic Acid About 230 mg-About 290 mg
L-Histidine About 200 mg-About 250 mg
L-Isoleucine About 100 mg about 130 mg
L-Leucine About 300 mg-About 380 mg
L—Methionine About 50 mg-About 65 mg
L-Phenylalanine About 45 mg-About 60 mg
L-Proline About 110 mg-About 140 mg
L—Serine About 80 mg-About 105 mg
L-Thereonine About 60 mg-About 80 mg
L-Tryptophan About 30 mg-About 40 mg
sine About 80 mg-About 110 mg
L—Valine About 150 mg-About 190 mg
Lysine Acetate About 200 mg-About 250 mg
Magnesium Sulfate About 350 mg-About 450 mg
Heptahydrate
ium Chloride About 15 mg-About 25 mg
Sodium Chloride About 1500 mg-About 2000 mg
Dextrose About 25 gm-About 120 gm
Epinephrine About 0.25 mg—About 1.0 mg
Insulin About 75 Units—About 150
Units
MVI-Adult 1 unit vial
SoluMedrol About 200 mg-500 mg
Sodium Bicarbonate About 10-25 mEq
In the exemplary embodiment of a runtime perfusion solution, the components
in Table 3 can be combined in the relative amounts listed therein per about 1 L of
aqueous fluid to form the runtime perfusion solution. In some ments, the
quantity of aqueous fluid in the e perfusion solution can vary iabout 10%. The
pH of the runtime ion solution can be adjusted to be between about 7.0 and
about 8.0, for example about 7.3 and about 7.6. The runtime perfusion solution can be
sterilized, for example by aving, to provide for improved purity.
Table 4 sets forth another exemplary e perfusion solution, comprising a
tissue culture media having the components identified in Table 4 and combined with
an s fluid, which can be used in the perfiasion fluid as bed herein. The
amounts of components listed in Table 4 are relative to each other and to the quantity
of aqueous solution used. In some embodiments, about 500 mL of aqueous fluid is
used. In some embodiments, the quantity of aqueous solution can vary :: about 10%.
The component amounts and the quantity of aqueous solution can be scaled as
appropriate for use. The pH of the runtime perfilsion solution, in this embodiment, can
be adjusted to be about 7.0 to about 8.0, for example about 7.3 to about 7.6.
TABLE 4. Composition of Another Exemplary Runtime
Perfusion Solution (about 500 mL s solution)
Tissue Culture Amount Specification
Component
Calcium Chloride 2400 mg : about 10%
dihydrate
e 350 mg j: about 10%
L—Alanine 174 mg 1: about 10%
L—Arginine 700 mg : about 10%
L-Aspartic Acid 245 mg : about 10%
L-Glutamic Acid 258 mg : about 10%
L—Histidine 225 mg : about 10%
L-Isoleucine 115.5 mg :: about 10%
ine j: about 10%
L—Methionine 1 about 10%
L—Phenylalanine : about 10%
L-Proline 126 mg :: about 10%
L-Serine 0b.) (IQ :: about 10%
L-Thereonine \lO (IQ :: about 10%
Lysine e
Magnesium Sulfate 400 mg d: about 10%
Heptahydrate
Potassium Chloride 20 mg : about 10%
Sodium Chloride 1750 mg :: about 10%
Since amino acids are the building blocks of ns, the unique
characteristics of each amino acid impart certain important properties on a protein
such as the ability to provide structure and to catalyze biochemical reactions. The
selection and concentrations of the amino acids provided in the runtime perfusion
solutions can provide support of normal physiologic functions such as metabolism of
sugars to provide or store energy, regulation of protein metabolism, transport of
minerals, synthesis of nucleic acids (DNA and RNA), regulation of blood sugar and
support of electrical activity, in on to providing protein structure. Additionally,
the concentrations of specific amino acids found in the runtime perfiision solution can
be used to predictably stabilize the pH of the runtime perfiasion solution.
In n embodiments, in order to prevent the blood used as part of the
perfusion fluid for preserving the liver on the organ care system 600 from clotting
during preservation, anti-clotting agents can be added to the runtime perfusion
solution as ves. miting es of anti-clotting agents include heparin.
In some embodiments, heparin can be included in a sufficient amount to prevent
clotting for 500-600 seconds, although other times are le.
In certain embodiments, the runtime perfiision solution includes a plurality of
amino acids. In certain embodiments, the e perfusion solution includes
electrolytes, such as calcium and magnesium.
WO 87737
In one embodiment, a e perfusion solution includes one or more amino
acids, and one or more carbohydrates, such as glucose or dextrose. The runtime
perfusion solution can also have additives, such as those described herein,
administered at the point of use just prior to infusion into the liver perfusion system.
For example, additional additives that can be included with the solution or added at
the point of use by the user include hormones and steroids, such as dexamethasone
and insulin, as well as vitamins, such as an adult multi-vitamin, for example adult
itamins for infusion, such as MVI-Adult. Additional small molecules and large
bio-molecules can also be included with the runtime perfusion solution or added at the
point of use by the user, including therapeutics and/or components typically
associated with blood or blood plasma, such as albumin.
In some embodiments, therapeutics can be added either before or during
perfusion of the liver. The therapeutics can also be added directly to the system
independently from the runtime perfusion solution, before or during perfusion of the
organ.
With fiarther reference to Table 3 or 4, certain components used in the
exemplary e perfiusion solution are molecules, such as small organic molecules
or large bio-molecules, that would be inactivated, for example through decomposition
or denaturing, if passed through sterilization. Thus, these components can be prepared
tely from the ing components of the runtime perfilsion solution. The
te preparation involves tely ing each component through known
techniques. The remaining components of the e perfusion on are
sterilized, for example through an autoclave, then combined with the biological
components.
Table 5 lists certain biological components that can be separately purified and
added to the solutions (runtime perfusion solution and/or priming solution) described
herein after sterilization, ing to this two-step process. These additional or
supplemental components can be added to runtime perfusion solution, the priming
solution or a combination thereof individually, in various ations, all at once as
a composition, or as a combined solution. For e, in certain embodiments, the
insulin, and MVI-Adult, listed in Table 5, are added to the runtime perfusion solution.
In another example, the SoluMedrol and the sodium bicarbonate, listed in Table 5, are
added to the priming on. The additional components can also be combined in
one or more combinations or all together and placed in solution before being added to
runtime perfusion solution, and/or the priming on. In some embodiments, the
additional components are added directly to the perfusion fluid. The component
amounts listed in Table 5 are relative to each other and/or to the s of
components listed in one or more of Tables l-4 as well as the amount of aqueous
solution used in preparing the runtime perfusion solution, and/or the priming solution
and can be scaled as appropriate for the amount of solution required.
TABLE 5. Exemplary Biological Components
Added to Solutions Prior to Use
n about 100 Units Hormone : about 10%
MVI-Adult 1 mL unit vial Vitamin : about 10%
drol About 250 mg Steroid i about 10%
Sodium About 20 mEq Buffer d: about 10%
onate
In one embodiment, a composition for use in a runtime perfusion on is
provided comprising one or more carbohydrates, one or more organ stimulants, and a
plurality of amino acids. The composition can also include other substances, such as
those used in solutions described herein.
In another embodiment, a system for ing a liver, is provided comprising
a liver and a substantially cell-free composition, comprising one or more
carbohydrates, one or more organ stimulants, and a plurality of amino acids. The
ntially ree composition can include systems that are substantially free from
cellular matter; in particular, systems that are not derived from cells. For example,
substantially cell-free composition can include compositions and solutions ed
from non-cellular sources.
In another aspect, the runtime perfusion solution and/or the priming solution
can be provided in the form of a kit that includes one or more organ maintenance
2015/033839
solutions. An exemplary runtime perfusion on can include components
identified above in one or more fluid solutions for use in a liver perfusion fluid. In
certain embodiments, the runtime perfiision solution can include multiple solutions
which, in various combinations, provide the runtime perfiasion solution.
atively, the kit can include dry components that can be regenerated in a fluid to
form one or more runtime perfiision solution or priming solution. The kit can also
comprise components from the runtime perfusion solution or priming solution in one
or more trated solutions which, on dilution, provide a preservation, nutritional,
and/or supplemental solution as described . The kit can also include a g
solution.
In certain embodiments, the kit is provided in a single package, wherein the kit
includes one or more solutions (or components necessary to ate the one or
more solutions by mixing with an appropriate fluid), and instructions for sterilization,
flow and temperature control during perfiision and use and other information
necessary or appropriate to apply the kit to organ perfusion. In certain embodiments, a
kit is provided with only a single runtime perfusion solution (or set of dry components
for use in a solution upon mixing with an appropriate fluid), and along with a set of
instructions and other information or materials necessary or useful to operate the
runtime perfusion solution or g solution.
In n embodiments, the runtime perfiision solution is a singular solution.
In other embodiments, the runtime perfusion solution can include a main runtime
perfusion solution and one or more nutritional supplement solutions. The nutritional
ment solution can contain any compound or biological component suitable for
the runtime perfiJsion describe above. For instance, the nutritional supplement
solution can contain one or more components illustrated in Tables 1-5 above.
Additionally, Table 6 sets forth components that are used in an exemplary nutritional
supplement on. In some embodiments, the nutritional solution further includes
sodium glycerol phosphate. The amount of ents in Table 6 is relative to the
amount of s solvent employed in the solution (about 500 mL) and may be
scaled as appropriate. In some embodiments, the quantity of aqueous solvent varies
iabout 10%. In these embodiments when a main runtime solution and one or more
nutritional solutions are used, these solutions can be separately connected to the
ation system of the organ care system 600 and l separately. Thus, when
one or more components in a ional solution need to be adjusted, the operator
may remake this particular nutritional solution with different concentration for these
ents or adjust only the flow rate and/or re for this nutritional solution
without affecting the flow rate and/or pressure for the main runtime ion solution
and other ional solutions.
TABLE 6. Components of Exemplary Nutritional
Solution (about 500 mL)
In one embodiment, the runtime perfusion solution and the priming solution
have the identical composition which is described in any one of Tables 1-6 or a
combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the perfusion liquid comprises 1200—1500ml of pRBCs,
400 ml of 25% Albumin, 700 ml of PlasmaLyte, otic (gram positive and gram
negative) lg Cefazoline (or equivalent antibiotic) and 100 mg Cipro (or equivalent
antibiotic), 500 mg of Solu—Medrol (or equivalent anti-inflammatory), 50 mmol Hco3,
multivitamin, and 10000 unit of Heparin administered at 3hr and 6 hr PT.
In n specific embodiments, the perfusion fluid comprises the liver
donor’s blood, or packed red blood cells , or packed RBCs with fresh frozen
plasma, and the runtime perfusion solution containing one or more components
selected form the group consisting of human albumin or dextran. In certain specific
embodiments, the ion fluid comprises the liver s blood, or packed RBCS
or packed RBCs with fresh frozen plasma, and the runtime perfusion solution
ning one or more components selected form the group consisting of human
albumin, dextran, and one or more electrolyte.
E. Final-flush solution
After the suitable recipient of the liver transplant is identified and before the
liver is removed from the organ care system 600, the liver organ can be subjected to
another flush process by a flush solution. This flush solution has the similar function
as the initial flush solution, which is to remove the residual blood therein and stabilize
the liver. This flush solution is referred to herein as the final flush solution. In some
embodiments, the final flush solution has similar or identical compositions as the
initial flush solution described above. The main components of the final flush
on can include electrolytes (e.g., plasmalyte) and buffering agents described
herein. In certain embodiments, one or more commercially—available preservation
solutions used in hypothermal organ lant are used as the final flush solution.
After the liver is subjected to the final flush and cooled according to one more
ments described herein, the liver can be removed from the organ care system
600 for implantation into a recipient.
VI. Methods
Exemplary methods to use the organ care system 600 disclosed herein are now
described in more . is a flow diagram 5000 depicting exemplary and
non-limiting methodologies for harvesting the donor liver and cannulating it into the
organ care system 600 described herein. The process 5000 shown in is
exemplary only and can be modified. For e, the stages described therein can
be altered, changed, rearranged, and/or d.
A. Harvesting organ
As shown in , the process of obtaining and preparing liver for
cannulation and transport can begin by providing a suitable liver donor (Stage 5004).
The system 600 can be brought to a donor location, whereupon the process of
receiving and preparing the donor liver for cannulation and preservation can d
down ys 5006 and 5008. The pathway 5006 principally involves preparing the
donor liver for preservation, while the pathway 5008 principally involves preparing
the system to receive and preserved the liver, and then transport the liver via the organ
care system 600 to the recipient site.
As shown in , the first pathway 5006 can include exsanguinating the
donor blood (Stage 5010), explanting the liver (Stage 5014), flushing the liver with
initial flush solution (Stage 5016), and preparing and cooling the liver for the system
(Stage 5018). In particular, in the exsanguination stage 5010, the donor's blood can
be partially and/or wholly removed and set aside so it can be used to as the blood
product in the ion liquid to perfuse the liver during preservation on the system.
This stage can be performed by inserting a catheter into either the arterial or venous
vasculature of the donor to allow the donor's blood to flow out of the donor and be
collected into a blood collection bag. The donor's blood is allowed to flow out until
the necessary amount of blood is collected, typically 1.0-2.5 liters, whereupon the
catheter is removed. The blood extracted through exsanguination is then optionally
filtered and added to a fluid oir of the system in preparation for use with the
. atively, the blood can be exsanguinated from the donor and filtered for
leukocytes and platelets in a single step that uses an apparatus having a filter
integrated with the cannula and blood collection bag. An example of such a filter is a
Pall BCZB filter. Alternatively, a blood product can be used instead of the donor’s
blood in the perfusion liquid (not shown in ).
After the donor's blood is exsanguinated, the donor liver can be harvested
(Stage 5014). Any standard liver harvesting method known in the art can be used.
During liver harvesting, the liver vessels including hepatic , portal vein, or
vena cava (IVC), and bile duct are prepared properly and severed, with sufficient
vessel length remained for cannulation (e.g., standard practice, suitable for human or
animal transplant). In certain embodiments, the gall bladder is removed during the
liver harvesting and care is taken to preserve the common bile duct intact to maintain
stable bile fluid flow during the liver vation. After the liver is removed in
hospital settings, it is often flushed (e. g., donor flush) or placed in saline solutions. In
stage 5016, the ted liver can then be flushed by an initial flush solution to
remove any residual blood and/or donor flush on to improve the stability of the
liver. An exemplary composition of the initial flush solution is described above in
detail.
After the liver is harvested and prior to its placement on the organ care system
600, the liver can be cooled down (Stage 5018) to reduce or halt its metabolic
functions to avoid damage to the liver which otherwise can occur during
transportation or placement of the liver into the organ care system 600. In certain
ments, the liver is cooled to about 4° C to 10° C, 5° C to 9° C, 5° C to 8° C, 4° C,
° C, 6° C, 7° C, 8° C, 9° C, or 10° C, or a temperature within any range bounded by the
value described . The liver can be cooled by ice or refrigeration. Other
temperature ranges below 4° C and above 10 °C are also possible. Alternatively, the
initial flush solution can be cooled first and then used to flush the liver to cool the
liver. Thus, in these alternative embodiments, Stages 5016 and 5018 can be
performed simultaneously. Once the liver is prepared and cooled to a proper
temperature, it can be ready to be placed onto the liver care system 600.
With continued nce to , during the preparation of the liver via
path 5006, the system can be prepared through the stages ofpath 5008 so it is primed
and waiting to receive the liver for cannulation and preservation as soon as the liver is
prepared and cooled. By quickly transferring the liver from the donor to the system,
and subsequently perfusing the liver with the perfusion fluid, a medical operator can
minimize the amount of time the liver is deprived of oxygen and other nutrients, and
thus reduce ischemia and other ill effects that arise during current organ care
techniques. In certain embodiments, the amount of time between infusing the liver
with the l flush solution and beginning flow of the perfusion fluid through the
liver via the organ care system 600 is less than about 15 minutes. In other illustrative
embodiments, the between—time is less than about 1/2 hour, less than about 1 hour,
less than about 2 hours, or even less than about 3 hours. Similarly, the time between
transplanting the liver into the organ care system 600 and bringing the liver to a near
physiological ature (e.g., between about 34 0C and about 37 0C) can occurs
within a brief period of time so as to reduce ia within the liver s. In some
illustrative embodiments, the period of time is less than about 5 minutes, while in
other applications it can be less than about 1/2 hour, less than about 1 hour, less than
about 2 hours, or even less than about 3 hours. Stated differently, when the cooled
liver is first placed into the organ care system 600, the temperature of the liver can
gradually be raised to the desired temperature over a ermined amount of time to
reduce any potential damage that could result of a sudden ature change.
As shown in , the system can be prepared in pathway 5008 through a
series of stages, which include preparing the single use module (stage 5022), g
the system with g solution (stage 5024), ng the blood from the donor and
adding it to the system, e.g., at a reservoir of the system (stage 5012), optionally
priming the system with blood and/or perfiision fluids, and connecting the liver into
the system (stage 5020). In particular, the step 5022 of preparing the single use
module includes assembling the disposable single use module described herein (e. g.,
single use module 634). After the single use module is assembled, or provided in the
appropriate assembly, it is then inserted into and connected to the multiple use module
(e.g., multiple use module 650) through the process described herein.
Specifically, in stage 5024, the liver care system 600 can be first primed with a
priming solution, the composition of which is described more fully above. In certain
embodiments, to aid in priming, the system can provide an organ bypass conduit
installed into the organ chamber assembly. For example, in certain specific
embodiments, the bypass conduit includes three segments attached to the hepatic
artery cannulation interface, the portal vein cannulation interface, and the inferior
vena cava (IVC) cannulation ace (if present). Using the bypass conduit
attached/cannulated into the liver chamber assembly, an operator can cause the system
to circulate the perfusion fluid through all of the paths used during actual operation.
This can enable the system to be thoroughly tested and primed prior to cannulating the
liver into place.
In stage 5012, blood from the donor can be filtered and added to the ,
e.g., in the reservoir 160. The filtering process can help reduce the inflammatory
process through the complete or partial removal of ytes and platelets.
Additionally, the donor blood can be used to ally prime the system as described
above and/or mixed with one or more priming solution or runtime perfusion solution
to further prime the system as bed above. Additionally, the blood and the run
time perfiision solution can be mixed together to form the perfilsion fluid used later
for infusing and preserving the liver. In stage 5026, the system can be primed with
the blood and/or the perfusion fluid by activating the pump and by pumping the blood
and/or the perfusion fluid through the system with the bypass conduit (described
above) in place. As the perfusion fluid circulates through the system in priming stage
5026, it can optionally be warmed to the d temperature (e.g., normothermic) as
it passes h a heater assembly of the . Thus, prior to ating the
harvested liver, the system can be primed by circulating the g solution,
exsanguinated donor blood, and/or the mixture of the two (e.g, the perfusion fluid)
through the system to heat, oxygenate and/or filter it. Nutrients, preservatives, and/or
other therapeutics can also be provided during g by addition of the components
to the priming solution. During priming, various parameters can also be initialized and
calibrated via the operator interface during priming. Once primed and running
appropriately, the pump flow can be reduced or cycled off, the bypass conduit can be
removed from the organ chamber assembly, and the liver can then be cannulated into
the organ chamber assembly.
1. Cannulation
In stage 5020, the liver, while cooled as described above, can be cannulated
and placed onto the organ care system 600. During liver preservation, the perfusion
fluid can flow into the liver through the c artery and portal vein and flow out of
the liver through the inferior vena cava (IVC). Thus, the hepatic artery, inferior vena
cava (IVC), and portal vein can be correspondingly cannulated and connected with
the relevant flow path of the liver care system 600 to ensure proper ion through
the liver (as described above). In some embodiments, the IVC is not cannulated and
free drains. The bile duct can also be cannulated as well and connected to a reservoir
to collect the bile produced by the liver (e. g., bile bag 187).
The system 600 bed herein can be ed to be compatible with the
human hepatic artery anatomy. In the majority of the patients, the hepatic artery is the
only major artery of the liver and thus the organ care system 600 can a single-port
a to be ted with the hepatic artery. In certain cases (i.e., about 10-20%
ofthe patient population with genetic difference), however, the donor of the liver also
has an accessory hepatic artery in addition to the main hepatic artery. Thus, in certain
embodiments, the liver care system 600 provides a dual-port a configuration
(e.g., cannula 2642) so that both the main and accessory hepatic arteries can be
cannulated and connected to the same perfusion fluid flow path. In certain specific
embodiments, the dual-port cannula has a Y shape. Any other le shapes or
designs for the dual-port cannula are contemplated.
In certain embodiments, the cannula can be designed to be straight to reduce
unnecessary flow pressure drop along the cannula flow path. In other embodiments,
the cannula can be designed to be curved or angled as required by the shape, size, or
geometry of the organ care system 600’s other components. In some specific
embodiments, the a is designed with a proper shape, e.g., straight, angled, or a
combination thereof, so that the overall flow re within the cannula is
ined at a desired level that mimics physiologic conditions.
2. Instrumentation
The liver can then be instrumented on the organ care system 600 (Stage 5020)
and more specifically, in the organ chamber 104. Care should be taken to avoid
excessive nt of the liver during mentation to reduce injuries to the liver.
As described above in greater detail, the liver r can be specially designed to
maintain the liver in a stable position that reduces its movement.
B. Preservation/transport
1. Controlled early perfusion and rewarming
In certain embodiments, once the liver is mented on the organ care
system 600 with proper cannulation of the vessels, the liver can be subjected to an
early perfusion and/or rewarm process to restore the liver to a normothermic
temperature (34-370 C) (Stage 5021). In some embodiments, the organ chamber can
contain heating circuit to warm the previously cooled liver to normothermic
temperature gradually over a predetermined amount of time. In other embodiments,
the initial perfusion fluid (for early perfusion) can be heated to close to or to the
normothermic temperature (e.g., 34-370 C) and perfuse and warm the liver at the same
time. As described , the liver preserved on the organ care system 600 can be
kept at conditions near to physiological state, which includes normothermic
temperatures, to maintain the liver’s normal biological functions.
After the liver is instrumented onto the system and warmed to normothermic
temperature, the pump within the organ care system 600 (e.g., pump 106) can be
adjusted to pump perfusion fluid through the liver, e.g, into the hepatic artery and
portal vein. The perfusion fluid exiting from the IVC (or hepatic veins, depending on
how the liver was harvested) can be collected and subjected to various treatments
including genation and carbon dioxide removal. s nutrients can be
added to the spent perfusion fluid to increase the nutrient concentrations to required
value for recirculation.
In some embodiments, during the liver perfiJsion on the organ care system
600, the in-flow res within the hepatic artery and the portal vein are carefully
lled to ensure the proper delivery of nutrients to the liver to maintain its
functions. In some embodiments, the flow pressure within the hepatic artery can be,
for e, 50 — 120 mmHg and the flow pressure in the portal vein can be 5 — 15
mmHg, although pressures outside these ranges are possible such as l, 2, 20, 25, 30,
, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120 mmHg, or a pressure in any range
bounded by the values noted here. In some embodiments, the flow rate within the
hepatic artery and the portal vein can be ined at about or more than 0.25 — 1.0
L/min, and 0.75 — 2.0 L/min, respectively, or at any range bounded by any of the
values noted here. In some embodiments, the flow rate within the hepatic artery and
the portal vein can be maintained at about 0.25, 0.30, 0.35, 0.40, 0.45, 0.50, 0.55,
0.60, 0.65, 0.70, 0.75, 0.80, 0.85, 0.90, 0.95, 1.00, 1.10, 1.20, 1.30, 1.40, 1.50, 1.60,
1.70, 1.80, 1.90, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 L/min or a rate in any range bounded by the
values noted here.
In some embodiments, the fluid flow, e.g., flow rate and/or flow pressure,
within the organ care system 600 and hepatic artery and the portal vein can be
controlled chemically and/or mechanically. The mechanical or the chemical control
ofthe flow can be achieved automatically or ly.
2. Manual/automatic control
The mechanical control of the fluid flow within the organ care system 600 and
hepatic artery and the portal vein is first described. In some embodiments, the flow
pressure or rate within the flow path of the organ care system 600 can be measured by
pressure sensors or rate sensors built in the flow path or in other locations of the
systems. Similarly, pressure or rate sensors can be located in the cannulas for the
hepatic artery and/or the portal vein, or in the connectors connecting the cannulas to
these vessels. The re or rate sensors can provide the operator with gs
regarding the flow within the flow path and/or within the hepatic artery and/or the
portal vein. Any other pressure monitoring methods or techniques known in the art
are contemplated. If the pressure or rate reading is deviating from the desired values,
the operator can manually adjust the flow pump to increase or decrease the pumping
re and, y, the flow rate for the ion fluid. Alternatively, the organ
care system 600 can contain a flow control module which has a programmable desired
value for flow rate and/or flow pressure and automatically adjusts the pumping
pressure of the ion fluid and thereby also ing the flow rate when the flow
pressure and/or rate are deviating from the desired values. Manual and/or automatic
control is described more fully above.
3. Chemical control
In other embodiments, the pressure and/or fluid flow within the organ care
system 600 and hepatic artery and the portal vein can be controlled chemically. In
some c embodiments, the pressure can be controlled or increased by using one
or more vasodilators (e.g., a vasodilator can be used to se or decrease vascular
tone and y the pressure within the vessel). Vasodilation refers to the widening
d vessels resulting from relaxation of smooth muscle cells within the vessel
walls. When blood vessels dilate, the flow of perfusion fluid is increased due to a
decrease in vascular ance. Any vasodilators known in the art can be used to
IO dilate the hepatic artery and/or the portal vein to increase the fluid flow rate therein.
In some particular embodiments, the vasodilator used is Flolan®. In particular, when
the fluid flow is insufficient as indicated by low flow pressure or rate, and/or by any
ofthe liver—viability evaluation techniques bed in greater detail below, the
operator can manually add vasodilator into the system’s flow module or to the
perfusion fluid to increase the fluid flow rate. Alternatively, the organ care system
600 can contain a flow control module which automatically adds one more
vasodilators into the flow path or perfusion fluid to increase the flow rate. The
amount ofthe vasodilator provided can be n, for example, 1-100
micrograms/hr, and more specifically between 1-5 rams/hr. These ranges are
ary only and any range falling within 0-100 rams an hour can be used.
Some embodiments of the foregoing can be adapted for use with a liver that is
being preserved in the system 600. For example, in this embodiment, an algorithm
can be used to allow closed loop control of the hepatic artery pressure (HAP). The
algorithm used can be a proportional-integral-derivative controller (PID controller).
A PID controller can calculate how far away the HAP is from the desired set point
and attempt to minimize the error by increasing or decreasing the vasodilator (e.g.,
Flolan®) flow rate.
Accordingly, in some embodiments, the controller 150 (or other part of the
system) can determine the error (e.g., how far the HAP is from the user set—point) and
adjust the vasodilator flow rate in an attempt to make the error 0. In embodiments
where the algorithm runs once a second the adjustments can be very small. Small,
nt adjustments can help to stabilize the control by ensuring that any noise in the
system does not result in dramatic changes in vasodilator flow rate. The algorithm
can be trying to get the HAP to the user set point. This means that when the HAP is
above the set point the algorithm can increase the vasodilator solution flow rate until
the HAP reaches the user set point. If the HAP is below the user set point the
algorithm can decrease the vasodilator solution flow rate until the HAP reaches the
user set point.
In some embodiments, the PID control algorithm does not decrease the
vasodilator flow rate until it has gone under the set point. This can result in
undershooting the target pressure. To help offset this, some embodiments can use a
virtual set point, which is +3 mmHg (or other value) above the user set point. This
can be user definable or hard-programmed. When the HAP is higher than 7mmHg
above the user set point the software can enable the virtual set point and attempt to
te the HAP to +3 mmHg above the user set point. This can allow for some
undershoot of the virtual set point. Once the HAP has ized at the virtual set
point the software can then regulate the HAP to the user set point. This approach can
help “catch” the HAP as it is falling without incurring as dramatic of an undershoot.
ing to , a cal representation of the foregoing is shown with
respect to ascending aortic pressure in a heart system. In , an exemplary graph
9500 of the ing is shown. The image shows the AOP (e.g., 9505) coming down
to a virtual set point (9510), undershooting the Virtual set point and then coming down
softly on the user set point (50 mmHg).
Because some embodiments use a drug to control the HAP it can be beneficial
to ensure that the system is not flooding the liver with vasodilator when it is not
. To accomplish this, the system can analyze how far the HAP is from the set
point and when the HAP is above the set point, the system (e.g., the solution pump
631) can add vasodilator at the standard rate. If the HAP is below the set point, the
system 600 can decrease the flow rate 4 times faster than if it were adding vasodilator.
This can help the system stay just above the HAP set point (e. g., about +0.5 to +1
mmHg) in the “active ment” area as well as potentially helping minimize
undershoot but decreasing vasodilator rate faster.
While the ing description has focused on the liver, the same technique
can be adapted for use with the heart by substituting AOP for the HAP.
4. Assessment
During stages 5028 and 5030 the operator can evaluate the liver functions to
determine liver viability for transplant (then-current or likely future viability).
lllustratively, step 5028 involves evaluating liver functions by using any of the
evaluation techniques described in more detail below. For instance, the or can
monitor the fluid flows, pressures, and temperatures of the system while the liver is
cannulated. The operator can also monitor one or more liver fimction biomarkers to
assess the liver status. During the evaluation step 5030, based on the data and other
ation obtained during testing 5028, the operator can determine whether and
how to adjust the system properties (e.g., fluid flows, res, nutrient
trations, oxygen concentrations, and temperatures), and whether to provide
additional modes of treatment to the liver (e.g., surgeries, medications as described in
more detail below). The operator can make any such adjustments in step 5032, can
then repeat steps 5028 and 5030 to re-test and re-evaluate the liver and the system. In
certain embodiments, the operator can also opt to perform surgical, therapeutic or
other procedures on liver (described in more detail below) during the adjustment step
5032 (or at other times). For example, the operator can conduct an evaluation of the
liver functions, such as for example, performing an ultrasound or other imaging test
on the liver, measuring arterial and venous blood gas levels and other evaluative tests.
Thus, after or while the liver is preserved on the system, the operator can
perform surgery on the liver or provide therapeutic or other treatment, such as
suppressive treatments, chemotherapy, genetic testing and therapies, or
ation therapy. Because the system allows the liver to be perfused under near
physiological temperature, fluid flow rate, and oxygen tion levels, the liver can
be maintained for a long period of time (e.g. for a period of at least 3 days or more,
greater than at least 1 week, at least 3 weeks, or a month or more) to allow for
repeated evaluation and treatment.
In some ments, the system allows a medical operator to te the
liver for compatibility with an intended ent by identifying suitable recipient
(Step 5034). For example, the operator can perform a Human Leukocyte Antigen
(HLA) matching test on the liver while the liver is cannulated to the system. Such
tests can require 12 hours or longer and are performed to ensure compatibility of the
liver with the intended ent. The preservation of a liver using the system
WO 87737
described herein can allow for preservation times in excess of the time needed to
complete an HLA match, potentially resulting in improved post-transplant outcomes.
In the HLA matching test example, the HLA test can be performed on the liver while
a preservation solution is g into the liver. Any other matching test known in
the art is contemplated.
According to the illustrative embodiment, the testing 5028, evaluation 5030
and adjustment 5032 stages can be conducted with the system operating in normal
flow mode. In normal flow mode, the operator can test the function of the liver under
normal or near normal physiologic blood flow conditions. Based on the evaluation
IO 5030, the gs of the system can be ed in step 5032, if necessary, to modify
the flow, heating and/or other characteristics to stabilize the liver in ation for
transport to the recipient site in stage 5036. The system with the preserved liver can
be transported to the recipient site at step 5036.
C. Preparation for transplant
1. Final flush/cool liver
In certain embodiments, before the liver is removed from the system 600
and/or implanted into a recipient, the liver can be flushed by a final flush solution to,
for example, remove any residual blood and/or runtime perfusion solution. The
composition of the final flush solution is described in detail above.
In n ments, prior to the removal of the liver from the organ care
° C, 5° C
system 600, the liver can be cooled again to a temperature at about 4° C to 10
to 9° C, 50 C to 8° C, 4° C, 5° C, 6° C, 7° C, 80 C, 9° C, or 10° C, or a temperature within
any range bounded by the value described herein. The liver can be cooled by contact
with ice or refrigeration of the liver preservation chamber. In some embodiments, the
system 600 can include a cooling unit that is configmred to cool the liver directly
and/or cool the fluid circulating in the system 100. The final flush solution can also
be chilled first and then used to flush the liver to cool the liver. Thus, in these
embodiments, the liver can be finally flushed and cooled simultaneously. Once the
liver is prepared and cooled down to a proper temperature, it can be ready to be
transplanted into a suitable ent.
For example, in some embodiments, the liver is cooled and flushed while on
the system 600. The user can connect a one liter bag of d flush solution to the
flush port of the hepatic artery (e. g., port 4301) but leaves the port closed. The user
connects two one liter bags of chilled flush solution to the flush port of the portal vein
(e.g., port 4302) but leaves the port closed. The user ts a flush collection bag to
the perfiasion module to the perfusate collection port located just after the perfusion
module's pump compliance chamber (e. g., port 4309). The user can then apply a
standard surgical clamp to the perfiision module tubing just before the split to the
hepatic artery and portal vein simultaneous with the turning off of the circulatory
pump 106. The hepatic artery and portal vein flush ports can be opened so that the
flush solution will enter the hepatic artery and the portal vein. The perfiisate collection
bag can be unclamped so that the mixture of perfiisate and flush solution fills the bag
rather than filling the organ chamber.
In the event that a decision is made to cool the liver at the end of preservation,
then the ing exemplary procedure can be used:
1. Obtain and set-up a Heater Cooler unit d near OCS, electrical line
plugged in, power ON, water circuit controls ON, water circuit valve OFF). Do not
connect Heater Cooler water lines to Liver Perfusion Module gas exchanger water
lines yet.
2. Set Heater Cooler water circuit ature to near the current liver
temperature (e.g., approximately 37°C) and allow it to reach temperature.
3. Connect Hansen quick connect equipped Heater Cooler water lines to Liver
Perfusion Module oxygenator water lines.
4. Turn the heater 100 OFF.
. Set water circuit temperature of Heater Cooler to a lower temperature than
the liver but not more than 10° C lower and open the valve of the water lines to allow
flow to the Liver Perfusion Module gas exchanger 114. As the actual temperature of
the perfilsion fluid, as ed on the user ace, approaches the Heater Cooler
water temperature set point, adjust the Heater Cooler water temperature set point
lower, but not more than 10° C lower than the perfusate/liver ature, in
increments and keep repeating until the blood/liver have reached the desired
temperature.
6. When the liver ature has reached the desired temperature, remove the
liver from the system 600.
WO 87737 2015/033839
While the foregoing has focused on final flush and cooling of a liver, a similar
or cal procedure can be used when preserving other organs. For example, in
some embodiments, the foregoing final flush/cooling technique can be applied to a
heart and/or lung that is being preserved by the system 600.
VII. Evaluation
In some embodiments of the disclosed subject , various techniques or
methods to assess the ity of the liver while the liver is preserved on the organ
care system 600 are provided (e.g., viability for transplant). Generally, biomarkers
known in the art for evaluating liver functions, e.g, liver enzymes, and known
imaging ques can be used to te the biological functions and status of the
liver. onally, because the liver preserved on the organ care system 600 is
readily accessible to the operator, techniques not easily ble to the health care
profession in viva, e.g., visual observation of the liver or palpation of the liver, can
also be used. Based on the evaluation results, one or more parameters of the organ
care system 600, e.g., nutrients or oxygen content in the perfusion fluid or the flow
rate and flow pressure of the perfusion fluid, can be adjusted to improve the Viability
ofthe liver.
In some embodiments, the perfusion parameters of the organ care system 600
can be used to evaluate the viability of the liver. Specifically, in certain
embodiments, the perfusion liquid flow pressures in the cannulated hepatic artery
and/or portal vein can be measured as an indicator of the liver ity. In some
embodiments, a stable flow pressure in the range of 50 — 120 mmHg in the hepatic
artery line can indicate that the preserved liver is receiving sufficient essential nutrient
supply. For example, in some embodiments, a stable flow pressure of about 50, 60,
70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120 mmHg, or a pressure in any range bounded by the values
noted here can indicate that the preserved liver is receiving sufficient essential
nutrient supply. A flow pressure e this range can indicate a leak or blockage in
the system, or suggest to the operator to adjust the flow pressure to ensure proper
nutrient supply to the liver. In other embodiments, the perfusion liquid flow rate in
the cannulated hepatic artery and/or portal vein can be measured as an indicator of the
liver viability. In other embodiments, a flow rate in the range of 0.25 — 1 L/min for
the hepatic artery can indicate that the preserved liver is ing sufficient essential
nutrient supply. For example, in some embodiments, a flow rate of about 0.25, 0.30,
0.35, 0.40, 0.45, 0.50, 0.55, 0.60, 0.65, 0.70, 0.75, 0.80, 0.85, 0.90, 0.95, 1.00 L/min
or a rate in any range bounded by the values noted here for the hepatic artery can
indicate that the preserved liver is ing sufficient essential nutrient supply. A
flow rate outside this range can indicate a leak or blockage in the system, or suggest
to the or to adjust the flow rate to ensure proper nutrient supply to the liver.
The flow rate and pressure can be measured using the pressure and/or flow sensors
described herein.
In some embodiments, visual observation or ation of the liver can be
used to assess the liver viability. For instance, a pink or red color of the liver can
indicate that the liver is functioning normally, While a dark or blueish color of the
liver can indicate that the liver is fimctioning abnormally or deteriorating (e.g., is
being rfused). In other embodiments, palpation of the liver is used to assess its
viability. When the liver feels soft and elastic, the liver is likely oning
normally. On the other hand, if liver feels tense or stiff, the liver is likely functioning
abnormally or deteriorating (e.g., is being hypoperfused).
A. Bile production
In some embodiments, e the bile duct is cannulated and connected to a
reservoir of the organ care system 600, the color and amount of bile produced by the
liver can be easily examined to evaluate the liver ity. In certain embodiments,
black or dark green color bile can indicate normal liver function While a light or clear
color of the bile can indicate that the liver is not functioning properly or orating.
In still other embodiments, the amount of the bile production can be used to evaluate
the liver viability as well (and/or the determination that the liver is producing bile at
all can be a good tor). While any bile production can be a sign of a healthy
liver, generally, the more the bile produced, the better the liver function. In certain
embodiments, a bile production of from about 250 mL to l L, 500 mL to lL, 500 mL
to 750 mL, 500 mL, 750, or 1 L per day or in any ranges bounded by the values noted
herein suggests that the liver preserved on the organ care system 600 is fianctioning
normally and viable.
B. Blood gas, liver enzymes, and lactate measurements/trends
In some ments, various biomarkers or compounds in the perfusion
liquid can be used to evaluate the liver viability. For instance, metabolic assessment
ofthe liver can be conducted by calculating oxygen delivery, oxygen consumption,
and oxygen demand. Specifically, the amount of oxygen and carbon dioxide
dissolved in the perfusion liquid can be monitored as indicators of the liver function.
The concentrations of these gases in the ion liquid (or the blood product) before
and after liver ion can be measured and compared. In certain specific
embodiments, the concentrations of the oxygen and carbon dioxide can be measured
by s sensors within the organ care system 600’s flow module or subsystem.
IO In some embodiments, the perfusion fluid before and after liver perfiision
(e.g. , the perfilsion fluid entering the hepatic artery and exiting the IVC) can be
sampled using respective oxygen concentration (or other) sensors and the relevant
concentrations of the oxygen and carbon dioxide can be measured. A significant
increase of the carbon dioxide concentration in the perfilsion liquid after liver
perfusion, and/or a significant decrease of the oxygen tration after the liver
perfusion, can indicate that the liver is performing its oxidative metabolic fianctions
well. On the other hand, a minor or no increase of the carbon dioxide tration in
the perfiJsion liquid after liver perfusion, and/or minor or no decrease of the oxygen
tration after the liver perfusion, can indicate that the liver is not performing its
oxidative metabolic functions properly. The difference of PvOz and PaOz can
indicate metabolically active, aerobically active metabolism, oxygen consumption.
In some embodiments, liver fianction blood test (LEFTs) can be conducted to
assess the liver Viability. Specifically, in some ments, aspartate
aminotransferase (AST), alanine aminotransferase (ALT), alkaline phosphates,
albumin, bilirubin t and indirect) can be measured to evaluate the liver
ons. In other embodiments, the fibrinogen blood level can be ed as well
as an tion of the liver cells’ ability to produce clotting factors.
AST, ALT are liver enzymes and are well-accepted al liver biomarkers
used for assessing the liver functions and/or suitability for transplant. However, the
measurements of AST and ALT are usually complicated and onsuming, and are
typically conducted in hospital or lab settings. Thus, there exists a need for a
sensitive and simple indicator for determining the status of the preserved liver.
Lactate, also called lactic acid, is a byproduct/end product of anaerobic metabolism in
living cells/tissues/organs. Lactate is generated when there is no or low oxygen in the
cell to metabolize glucose for basic energy production through the glycolysis
pathway. Applicant has discovered that the level of the lactate in the perfusion liquid,
e.g., the perfusion liquid exiting from the IVC, can be measured as a surrogate for
measuring the AST levels. The lactate concentration can be ed quickly and
simply, which provides significant advantages over the onsuming liver enzyme
measurement. Based on the quick feedback ed by lactate measurements, one or
more parameters of the organ care system 600, e.g, flow rate, pressure, and nutrient
concentrations, can be adjusted to preserve or improve the liver viability quickly.
Stated differently, lactate values (e.g., al lactate trends) can be correlated to and
be indicative ofAST levels. For example, a series (over time) of e
measurements trending lower can correlate and/or be indicative of a trending lower
AST. In some embodiments, lactate measurements can be taken in the measurement
drain 2804, gh this is not required and can occur at any other location in the
system 100. Additionally, in some embodiments, the system 600 can be configured
to obtain e measurements over time from a single location, a differential
between a e value entering and exiting the liver, and over time at multiple
locations.
C. Imaging
In still other embodiments, s other methods known in the art can be used
to assess the liver ity. In some specific embodiments, ultrasound analysis of the
liver can be conducted to assess liver parenchyma, intra- and extra-hepatic biliary
tree. Other non-limiting examples of imaging techniques include ic
Resonance g (MRI), Computed Tomography (CT), Positron Emission
Tomography (PET), fiuoroscopy, Transjugular Intrahepatic Portosystemic Shunt
(TIPS), all of which can be used to assess the liver and detect abnormalities. For
example, when examining an ultrasound ofthe liver, the doctor can examine
sinusoidal dimensions, potential obstructions in the bile duct, and/or generalized
blood flow.
D. Pathology/biopsy
In still other embodiments, liver biopsy can be used to assess the liver
viability. In liver , a small piece of liver tissue is removed so it can be
examined under a microscope for signs of damage or disease. Because the liver is
preserved ex vivo on the organ care system 600, it is readily accessible and the biopsy
can be easily conducted.
VIII. The Cloud
During operation, the system 600 generates information about the system itself
and/or the organ being maintained. In some ments of the system 600, this
information can be stored in an internal memory such as RAM or ROM. In some
embodiments the information generated by the system 600 can also be transmitted to
a remote e location such as in the Cloud. The Cloud can be, for example, a
series of remote interconnected computers that are configured to provide data and/or
I5 services over the Internet. The Cloud can store the information, perform analysis on
the information, and/or provide the ation to one or more third parties and/or
stakeholders.
In some embodiments of the system 600, the system can include a multimodal
communication link n itself and one of more other locations, such as servers in
the Cloud. This communication link can be controlled by the controller 150 (e. g., via
the data management subsystem 151), although this is not required and other
components can be used to control communication. The controller 150 can be
configured to provide real—time information about the system 600 and/or the organ
contained therein to one or more remote locations while the system is at the donor
hospital, is in transit, and/or is at the ent hospital. In some embodiments,
communication can be lished using communication link such as a wired
network connection (e.g., Ethernet), a wireless network connection (e.g., IEEE
802.11), a ar connection (e. g., LTE), a Bluetooth connection (e. g., IEEE
802.15), infrared connection, and/or a satellite-based network connection. In some
embodiments, the controller 150 can maintain a ty list of connections favoring
those connections which are more reliable such as a red Internet connection
and/or Wi-Fi over less reliable cellular and/or satellite connections. In other
2015/033839
embodiments, the priority list can be generated with a preference for lower-cost
transmission mediums such as Wi-Fi.
The system 600 can be configured to communicate with the Cloud, and
ultimately remote parties via one or more techniques. For example, the system 600
can be configured to communicate with a server in the Cloud and/or directly with one
or more remote computers. In some ments, the system 600 can be configured
to: i) send communications such as emails and/or text messages to predetermined
addresses, ii) upload data files to remote storage locations using, for example, FTP,
iii) communicate with a dedicated remote server to provide information in a
proprietary format, and iv) receive ation downloaded from the Cloud and/or
other remote computers. In some embodiments, the ller 150 can
transmit/receive the information on a r schedule, which can vary depending on
which phase of operation the system is in. For example, the controller 150 can be
configured to provide updates every five minutes while the system 600 is located at
the donor hospital, every 15 seconds while in transport, and/or every 15 seconds while
the system 600 is located at the receiving hospital. The controller 150 can also be
configured to it/receive information in a secure manner, such as using
tion and/or with a timestamp.
The ller 150 can be configured to provide various types of information
to the Cloud and/or remote on such as: an offer for an organ, system readiness
information, battery charge level, gas tank level, status of the solution infusion pump,
flow rates, pressure rates, oxygenation rates, hematocrit levels, lactate levels,
temperature levels, the flow rate at which the pump 106 is set, the temperature at
which the heater 110 is set, the position of the flow clamp 190, some or all of the
information displayed on the user interface (e.g., circulatory and infiision flow rates,
pressures, oxygenation levels, hematocrit levels), geographic location, altitude, a copy
of the displayed interface itself, waveforms displayed on the user interface, alarm
limits, active alarms, screen captures of the user interface, photographs (e. g. captured
using an d camera), HAP/HAF/Lacate trends, historical usage information
about the system 600 (e.g., the number of hours it has been used), and/or donor
ation. In heart/lung embodiments additional information such as AOP and/or
PEEP can be provided. Essentially, any piece of information that is collected,
2015/033839
generated, and/or stored by the system 600 can be transmitted to the Cloud and/or a
remote computer.
The controller 150 can be configured to receive various types of information
from the Cloud and/or a remote location such as: instructions from a remote user, a
“pull” demand for data from a remote location, control inputs, information about the
organ recipient, and/or system updates.
In some embodiments, using the information provided by the system 600, a
user that is remote from the system 600 can effectively remotely view the same user
interface that is displayed on the system 600. Additionally, in some embodiments, a
user that is remote to the system 600 can also remotely control the system 600 as if
they were there in person. In some embodiments, the remote view can be an
enhanced version of what is seen by the attending user. For e, the user
interface can be presented in a similar format so that the remote user can visualize
what the attending user sees, but the remote view can be enhanced so that it also
displays additional information to provide context for the remote viewer. For example
donor demographics, phic location, trends, and/or assessment results can also
be displayed. A remote user can also be provided with virtual buttons and/or ls,
matching those found on the system 600, which can be used to remotely control
operation of the system 600.
In some embodiments, one or more technicians can remotely connect to and
access the system 600 to m diagnostics, update the system, and/or remotely
eshoot issues. In some embodiments, remote technical assistance can be limited
to times when the system 600 is not being used to preserve an organ.
In some embodiments, the information provided by the system 600 can be
presented to a remote user through a web portal, mobile application, and/or other
interface.
In some embodiments, access to the information provided by the system 600
can be limited to one or more registered users such as, al staff at the recipient
hospital, a technical support team, and/or administrators. In some ments,
access to information ed by the system 600 can be tied to an electronic medical
file of the recipient. For example, the based server can access one or more
electronic medical files of the recipient to determine, for example: s expressly
identified as being able to have access to the recipient’s health data, parties associated
with organizations that are identified as being able to have access to the recipient’s
health data, and/or individuals g at l facilities that are within a certain
geographic distance of the recipient.
As described herein, sometimes during transport samples of perfusion fluid
can be withdrawn for external analysis. In these instances, however, the data obtained
through the external analysis is disassociated with the ation contained within
the system 600. Thus, in some embodiments, the user ace provided by the
system 600 can be configured to allow a user to input and store externally generated
data about the organ. For example, if the attending user withdraws a sample of the
perfilsion fluid in order to perform a lactate measurement in an external analyzer, the
attending user can then input and store the result in the system 600 along with the data
that is generated by the system 600 itself. Along with the result itself, the user can
also provide timestamp information and a description of the information. The
information inputted by the user can be , sed, downloaded, and/or
transmitted by the system 600 as if it were generated internally. In this manner, the
system 600 can keep a complete record of all information relating to the organ while
it was ex vivo regardless of whether the information was generated ally in or
externally from the system 600.
In operation, referring to , a process 6600 describes an exemplary
embodiment of how the system 600 can be used with a Cloud-based
communication/storage system. The process 6600 is exemplary only and not limiting.
For example, the stages described therein can be altered, changed, nged, and/or
omitted. The process 6600 assumes that the system 600 is in communication with a
remote cloud-based server and that the system is being used to transport an organ,
although this is not required. This process can be adapted to be used, for example,
while an organ is being treated ex vivo for implantation back into the al patient
rather than being transplanted into a new recipient.
At stage 6605, an offer for an organ can be presented to the retrieval hospital
by the organization that controls organ allocation (e.g., an organ procurement
organization). h a web portal to the system 600, the val hospital's staff
can query the readiness (e.g. battery charge level, gas level) of the system 600 and can
enter information about the donor. The information can be transferred to the system
600 via the server.
At stage 6610, clinical support that have registered with the server as on-call
staff can be alerted to the upcoming transport session Via an email, a text e, an
ted phone call, and/or any other communication means. The clinical support
staff can be, for example, staff employed by the cturer of the system 600.
At stage 6615, which typically occurs during transport, the system 600 can
transmit system/organ status information to a Cloud-based server Via a
communication link. The information transmitted to the server can be reviewed in an
online portal by third parties such as the transplant surgeon, support staff, and/or any
other permitted party (all of which can be at different geographic locations). In some
embodiments, the server can perform additional processing on the information
received from the system 600 to generate new information, which can then be
presented back to the system 600 and/or to third parties. The information displayed to
the user on the system 600 can be itted (e.g., either the underlying data and/or
the image itself) to the server, for example, unsolicited once every 2 minutes. The
data can then be stored with a timestamp on the server. For example, in some
ments, each time information is received by the server from the system 600,
this can be placed in a row of an Excel sheet. Additionally, during the stage
6615, remote users that are Viewing the information through the portal can "pull"
(demand) a screen refresh/snapshot of the data from the OCS rather than waiting for
the next 2-minute sample to be "pushed." Additionally, in some ments, the
remote parties can remotely control the operation of the system 600 Via a remote
interface.
The remote View can be an enhanced version of what is displayed on the
monitor of the system 600. It can be presented in a similar format so that the remote
user can visualize what the attending user sees. In some embodiments, however, the
remote View can also be enhanced so that it also displays additional information to
provide context for the remote Viewer, such as donor demographics, trends, and
assessment results.
The system 600 can assert alerts through the server to remote third s
such as the transplant n and/or al support team. The attending user can
trigger contact from one ofmore remote third s Via a monitor menu action. For
example, the attending user can send a request for assistance to technical support who
can receive an alert via, for example, text message and/or email and call or otherwise
contact the attending user.
The system 600 can automatically assert alerts in certain critical conditions
(e.g. HAP > 120, or PVP > 20 mmHg). The attending user can also snap a
photograph using a camera that is integrated into the system 600 (e.g., integrated into
the operator ace module 146). The image can automatically be pushed to the
server by the system 600.
During stage 6615, the system 600 can tically provide information to
the server and/or other remote computer at regular intervals such as every 15 s,
every two minutes, every five minutes, or every 10 s. In some embodiments,
ation transmitted between the system 600, the server, and/or the third party can
occur in real time so that the remote party can have real time access to and/or control
over the system 600 as if they were there in person. In some embodiments, the
attending user and/or any other remote parties can initiate an unscheduled information
transfer. In some embodiments, if the communication link of the system 600 has been
disabled or is inoperable (e. g., during air transport), the controller 150 can be
configured to continue generating regular status updates and store them for
transmission once the communication link has been re-enabled.
At stage 6620, which typically occurs at the end of the transport session,
n files from the system 600 can be pushed to the server. The information
provided to the server can include, for example, the trend, error, blood sample, and
event files. Preference can be given to WiFi before ar link for data transmission,
to ze cost.
IX. Possible benefits
Some embodiments of the system 600 described herein can provide one or
more benefits. For example:
Depending on the type of procedure being performed, manually controlling an
organ preservation system can be a labor-intensive process that can require
specialized training. Additionally, as with any medical procedure, manual control can
also be prone to mistakes by those controlling the system. Thus, in some
embodiments, the system 600 can automatically l itself in real time. For
example, the controller 150 can be configured to automatically control the flow rate of
the pump 106, the operation of the gas exchanger 114, the temperature of the heater
110, the operation of the flow clamp 190 (when an automated clamp is used), and/or
the ission of information to the Cloud. The controller 150 can be configured to
control operation of the system 600 based upon feedback information from, for
example, the sensors ned therein.
Providing ted control of the system 600 can result in improved
usability, can reduce the possibility of error, and can reduce the labor intensity of
transporting an organ. For example, automating the control s can compensate
for user variability that can exist when different people control the . For
e, even if two users receive the same training, one user’s judgment may differ
from another which can result in inconsistent levels of care across the two users. By
automating the control process, a level of consistency between operators can be
achieved in a manner that is otherwise difficult to do. Additionally, providing
automated control can also provide better care for the organ while ex vivo by updating
operational parameters of the system 600 more quickly than is possible with manual
control.
The techniques described herein can also e the utilization of donor
organs that are tly not being utilized due to limitations of cold storage methods.
In ng cold storage methods, many organs go to waste because the organ cannot
be transported to a recipient before it suffers damage as a result of cold storage. This
results in many organs that are otherwise suitable for transplantation going to waste
each year. Using the techniques described herein, the amount of time that an organ
can be maintained in a healthy ex vivo state can be greatly extended thereby
increasing the potential donor and recipient pool.
The techniques described herein can also help e the assessment of
whether an organ is suitable for transplant into a recipient. For example, using a liver
example, visual ation or examination of the liver can be used to assess the liver
viability. For ce, a pink or red color of the liver can indicate that the liver is
functioning normally, while a gray or dark color of the liver can indicate that the liver
is functioning abnormally or deteriorating. In other embodiments, palpation of the
liver can be used to assess its viability. When the liver feels soft and elastic, the liver
is likely fianctioning normally. On the other hand, if liver feels tense or stiff, the liver
is likely fimctioning abnormally or deteriorating.
In still other embodiments, because the bile duct is cannulated and connected
to a reservoir of the system 600, the color and amount of bile produced by the liver
can be easily examined to evaluate the liver viability. In certain embodiments, black
or dark green color bile indicates normal liver function while a light or clear color of
the bile tes that the liver is not fianctioning properly or deteriorating. In still
other embodiments, the amount of the bile production can be used to te the
liver viability as well. Generally, the more the bile produced, the better the liver
on. In certain embodiments, a bile production of from about 250 mL to l L, 500
mL to lL, 500 mL to 750 mL, 500 mL, 750, or 1 L per day or in any ranges bounded
by the values noted herein ts that the liver ved on the organ care system
600 is functioning normally and viable. Many of the foregoing techniques can be
difficult, if not impossible when the organ is in vivo.
X. Examples
Experimental tests and results relating to the some embodiments are bed
below. As described below, experimental tests included multiple studies and phases.
Phase I included studies of 27 liver samples including two groups of organs on the
above OCS system for up to 12 hours. Phase II included replicating the al steps
of liver retrieval, preservation and simulated transplantation processes for multiple
sample livers for 4 hours of simulated transplant. Phase III included replicating
clinical steps of liver retrieval, preservation and ted transplantation processes
for multiple sample livers for 24 hours of simulated transplant.
A. Phase I
Groups A and B of organs were used for Phase I. Objectives for Phase I
include: (1) To optimally perfuse and ve Livers on the OCS system for up to 12
hours using oncotic adjusted red blood cells (“RBCs”) based nutrient enriched
ate; (2) maintain stable near--physiological heamodynamics (pressure and
flow) for both the portal and the hepatic arterial circulation; (3) enable monitoring of
organ functionality and stability on the OCS by monitoring bile production rate, liver
enzymes trends, stable PH and arterial lactate ; and (4) histopathology assess the
organ post OCS.
The animal model used for the test was the swine model, including 70-95 kg
Yorkshires swine. The Yorkshires swine was used as a model due to its similarity to
human anatomy and size relative to human adult organ size. The perfusate for the test
was red blood cell based. Given that the liver is a highly metabolic active organ, a
ate with an oxygen carrying capacity and nutrient ed would be ideal for
the organ, mimicking it’s in-Vivo environment and satisfying the organ’s high
metabolic demand.
Liver is unique by its dual blood supply. As described usly, the liver
gets its blood supply through the portal vein (PV) and the hepatic artery (HA). Portal
circulation is a low-pressure circulation (5—10 mm Hg) and the hepatic arterial
circulation delivers high-pressure ile blood flow (70-120 mm Hg). Stable
perfiision parameters and namics indicate stable perfiJsion. Lactate levels
were used as a marker of adequate perfiasion because lactate is one of the most
sensitive physiologic parameters, and is thus a good indicator of the adequacy of
ion. Lactate is produced under anaerobic conditions denoting inadequate
perfusion, and the trend of lactate level is a sensitive marker for perfusion adequacy
assessment. Aspartate Aminotransferase (“AST”) is a standard marker used clinically
to assess livers, and was also used as a marker of viability. The trend ofAST level is
another marker and indicator of the organ viability. Bile tion is a unique
function of the liver. Bile production ring is another marker for the organ
Viability and onality.
Phase I included studies of 27 liver samples. Of those, Group A included 21
samples that were preserved on the OCS for 8 hours using cellular based perfusate.
Group B included 6 samples that were preserved on the OCS for 12 hours using
cellular based perfusate.
The following protocol was applied for phase I groups A and B testing.
First, animal prep, organ retrieval, cannulation and Pre-OCS flush is
bed. Each 70-95kg Yorkshires Swine was sedated in its cage by injecting a
combination of Telazol and Xylazine intramuscularly according to the following dose:
6.6mg/kg Telazol and 2.2 mg/kg Xylazine. The animal was then intubated, an IV line
established, then the animal was transferred to the OR table in supine position, then
connected to the ventilator and esia machine. The liver was exposed through a
right subcostal incision, and the heart through median stemotomy incision. The
hepatic artery (HA), portal vein (PV) and the common bile duct were isolated. The
right atrium and the superior vena cave were then isolated and cannulated for blood
W0 2015/187737
tion. Then 2-3 liters of blood were ted from the animal using a 40 Fr
venous a through the right atrium. The collected blood was then processed
through a cell saver machine (Haemonetics Cell Saver 5+) to collect washed RBCs.
Topical cooling was applied to the liver during the blood collection time. Then the
liver was harvested.
After harvesting the liver, the c artery (HA), portal vein (PV), the
common bile duct, supra hepatic cava and infra hepatic cave were isolated and
cannulated using the appropriate size for each. Exemplary sized cannulas include 14
Fr, 16 Fr, 18 Fr for the hepatic artery cannula, 40 Fr and 44 Fr for the portal vein
cannula, 12 Fr and 14 Fr for the common bile duct cannula, 40 Fr for the supra-
hepatic vena cava, and 40 Fr for the infra-hepatic cava.
The liver was then flushed using 3L of cold PlasmaLyte® solution, each liter
was supplemented with Sodium bicarbonate (NHCO3) at 10 mml/L, stenol
Sodium at 2 mics/L, Methylprednisolone at 160 mg/L. One liter was delivered
through the hepatic artery rized at ~50-70 mmHg. Two liters were delivered
through the portal vein by gravity.
After cannulation, the organ was preserved on the OCS at 340 C for 12 hours
using oncotic adjusted RBCs based perfusate. The OCS-liver system prime perfiisate
ed washed red blood cells, albumen 25%, PlasmaLyte ® solution,
dexamethasone, sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3) 8.4%, adult multivitamins for
infiJsion (INFUVITE ®), calcium gluconate 10% at (100 mg/ml), gram-positive
antibiotic such as cefazolin, and a gram negative antibiotic such as ciprofloxacin.
Table 7 below summarizes the liver prime perfusate composition and dose.
TABLE 7. OCS liver prime perfusate composition and dose
{3&3 fiwrF-flfam fem; 6&3? Q fifiQFWfiQflfiQW
W0 2015/187737
In addition to OCS-Liver circulating ate ned above, the following were
delivered to the perfusate as continuous infusion using an integrated Alaris infusion
pump: Total Parenteral Nutrition (TPN): CLINIMIX E (4.25% Amino Acid/ 10%
Dextrose); PLUS n (3OIU), Glucose (25g) and 40,000 units of n;
Prostacyclin on as needed: (epoprostenol sodium) to optimize the Hepatic
Artery Pressure; Bile Salts (Taurocholic acid ): as needed for Bile Salt
Supplement. Table 8 below illustrates the liver ate infusions and rate.
TABLE 8. OCS liver perfusate infusions and rate
The Liver was perfused on the OCS by delivering blood based, warm,
oxygenated and nutrient enriched perfusate through the hepatic artery and the portal
vein. Once the liver was instrumented on the OCS and all cannulae were connected,
pump flow was increased gradually and very slowly to achieve the target flow over
—20 minutes. While the liver was warming up to the temperature set point, the flow
control clamp was adjusted to maintain a 1:1 to 1:2 flow ratio between the HA and
PV. The vasodilator agent flow rate was adjusted as needed to manage the hepatic
artery pressure. An arterial blood sample was collected within the first 15-20
minutes.
The following perfusion parameters were maintained during perfusion on the
OCS-liver device: Hepatic Artery Pressure (mean HAP): 75 — 100 mmHg; Hepatic
Artery Flow (HAF): 300 - 700 ml/min; Portal Vein Pressure (mean PVP): 4 - 8
mmHg; Portal Vein Flow (PVF): 500 - 900 ml/min; Perfusate ature (Temp):
34C; Oxygen gas flow 400 - 700 ml/min.
WO 87737
Lactate levels on the OCS-Liver PerfiJsion were collected according to the
ing sampling scheme. One OCS liver arterial sample was collected within 10-
minutes from a start ofperfiJsion on the OCS-Liver device. Samples continued to
be collected from the device at approximately hourly intervals until lactate level was
trending down, at which point the lactate samples were taken every 2 hours or after
any active HAF or HAP adjustments. Baseline Liver Enzyme was measured from the
. Liver Enzyme was collected and assessed on the OCS every two hours
starting at the second hour.
Post OCS athology Sampling.
At the end of the preservation time, OCS perfusion was terminated. The liver
was disconnected from the device and all cannulas were removed. Specimens were
collected from the Liver and saved in 10% formalin for Histopathology assessment.
A section of the Liver was collected for the wet/dry ratio. The section weight was
recorded before and after 48 hours in an 800 C hot oven. The wet/dry ration was then
calculated according to the following formula: Water Content (W/D ratio) = 1 —
(Ending Weight/Starting Weight).
A liver was ered acceptable if it met acceptance criteria, ing:
stable ion parameters throughout preservation on the OCS for HAF, HAP, PVF
and PVP; stable or trending down arterial lactate; continuous bile production with a
rate of >10 ml/hr.; stable or trending down liver enzymes (AST); and normal and
stable perfusate PH.
The Phase I, Group A, 21 samples successfully met the above identified
acceptance criteria. The data for hepatic artery flow over 8 hours of OCS liver
perfusion shown in the graph in trates that OCS perfused swine livers
demonstrated stable perfusion, as evidenced by the Hepatic Artery Flow (HAF) trend
throughout the course of 8 hours preservation on OCS. The data for portal vein flow
over 8 hours of OCS liver perfiJsion shown in the graph in , which shows PVF
trend throughout the course of the 8 hour preservation on OCS, demonstrated stable
perfusion, as evidenced by the stable Portal Vein Flow (PVF) trend throughout the
course of 8 hours preservation on OCS. shows a graphical depiction of
c artery pressure versus portal vein pressure throughout the 8 hour OCS-liver
perfusion. illustrates that OCS perfiJsed swine livers demonstrated stable
perfusion pressure, as evidenced by the stable portal vein pressure and the hepatic
artery pressure throughout the course of the 8 hour preservation.
is a graphical depiction of arterial lactate levels over the 8 hour OCS
liver ion. shows that OCS ed swine livers demonstrated
excellent metabolic function, as evidenced by their ability to clear lactate and trending
down lactate throughout the course of 8 hours preservation on OCS. is a
graphical depiction of total bile production over the 8 hour OCS liver perfusion. shows that OCS perfused livers continued to produce bile at a rate of >1 0ml/hr.
throughout the course of the 8 hour preservation on OCS ting preserved organ
functionality. is a graphical depiction of AST level over the 8 hour OCS liver
perfusion. Aspartate Aminotransferase (AST) is a standard marker clinically used to
assess livers. graph demonstrates that OCS perfused livers exhibited a
trending down AST levels over the course of 8 hours perfusion on the OCS,
indicating good liver fianctionality. is a graphical ion ofACT level
over the 8 hour OCS liver perfiasion. As shown in , activated clotting time
(ACT) was maintained above 300 seconds over the course of 8 hours of perfusion on
the OCS. is a cal depiction of oncotic pressure throughout the course
of 8 hours vation on OCS. As shown in , oncotic pressure remained
stable on the OCS.
is a graphical depiction of bicarb levels over the 8 hour OCS liver
perfusion. As shown in , Bicarb (HCO3) levels were maintained within
normal physiologic ranges over the course of 8 hours perfusion on the OCS with very
minimal doses required of HCO3 for correction, indicating a stable liver metabolic
profile. is a depiction of the ed pH levels throughout the course of 8
hours preservation on OCS. As shown in , stable and normal pH was
maintained over the course of 8 hours perfusion on the OCS with no or l need
to add HCO3 for tion, indicating a good fianctioning and adequately perfused
organ.
shows images of tissues taken from samples in Phase I, Group A.
Histological examination of hymal tissue and bile duct tissue shows normal
liver sinusoidal structure with no evidence of necrosis or ischemia and normal bile
duct epithelial cells indicating te perfusion and lack of ischemic injury.
2015/033839
The results observed for Phase I Group B, organs maintained for 12 hours,
exhibited similar acceptable results to those in Group A.
As in Group A above, in Phase I Group B a liver was considered acceptable if
it met acceptance ia, including: stable perfiision parameters throughout
preservation on the OCS for HAF, HAP, PVF and PVP; stable or trending down
al lactate; continuous bile production with a rate of >10 ml/hr.; stable or trending
down liver enzymes (AST); and normal and stable perfusate PH.
depicts Hepatic Artery Flow of a 12hr OCS Liver Perfusion. As
illustrated, the graph of shows that OCS perfused swine livers trated
stable perfusion, as ced by the Hepatic Artery Flow (HAF) trend throughout the
course of 8 hours preservation on OCS.
depicts Portal Vein Flow of al2hr OCS Liver Perfusion. As
illustrated, the graph of illustrates OCS perfused swine livers demonstrated
stable perfusion, as evidenced by the stable Portal Vein Flow (PVF) trend throughout
the course of 12 hours preservation on OCS.
depicts Hepatic Artery Pressure vs. Portal Vein Pressure in a 12hr
OCS-Liver Perfusion. The graph of demonstrates that OCS ed swine
livers demonstrated stable perfusion re, as evidenced by the stable Portal Vein
Flow (PVP) and the Hepatic Artery Pressure (HAP) trend throughout the course of 12
hours preservation on OCS.
depicts Arterial Lactate in a 12hr OCS-Liver Perfusion. The graph of
shows that OCS perfiased swine livers demonstrated excellent metabolic
function, as evidenced by their ability to clear lactate and trending down lactate levels
throughout the course of 12 hours preservation on OCS.
depicts Bile Production in a 12hr OCS-Liver Perfusion. The graph of
demonstrates that the OCS perfused Livers continued to produce bile at a rate
of >10ml/hr hout the course of 12 hours preservation on OCS ting well
preserved organ function.
depicts AST Level of a 12hr OCS—Liver Perfusion. Aspartate
Aminotransferase (AST) is a standard marker clinically used to assess . The
graph of demonstrates that OCS perfused livers exhibited a trending down
AST levels over the course of 12 hours perfusion on the OCS. This indicates good
liver fianctions.
s ACT Levels in a 12hr OCS—Liver Perfusion. Activated
clotting time (ACT) was maintained above 300 sec over the course of 12 hours
ion on the OCS, as rated in .
B. Phase 11
Phase II, or Group C, included studies of 12 liver samples. Of those, 6
samples were preserved on the OCS for 8 hours using cellular based perfusate, and
were then subjected to simulated transplant on the OCS for 4 hours of preservation
using whole blood as perfusate. The other 6 samples were preserved for 8 hours using
cold static preservation in UW solution, and were then subjected to simulated
transplant on the OCS for 4 hours of preservation using whole blood as perfiisate.
Objectives for Phase 11 include preserving the liver with OCS using warm
perfusion for 8 hours using an RBCs based perfusate, followed by 45 minutes of cold
ischemia, then another 4 hours of OCS-Liver warm perfiasion using whole blood, (a)
to optimally perfuse and preserve Livers on the OCS system for 8 hours using oncotic
adjusted RBCs-based nt ed perfusate, (b) maintain stable ysiological
heamodynamics (pressure and flow) for both the portal and the hepatic
arterial circulation, (c) enable monitoring of organ fiinctionality and stability on the
OCS by monitoring bile production rate, liver enzymes trends, stable PH and arterial
lactate levels, (d) subject the organ to 45minutes of cold ischemia post the first 8
hours on the OCS, (e) followed by 4 hours of simulated transplant on the OCS using
whole blood, while monitoring and ing the organ heamodynamic and ion
parameters and monitoring organ functionality.
Simulated transplant on the OCS was used to minimize the nding
variables associated with orthotopic transplantation and to e the variables to only
the ischemia/reperfusion effects.
This group (C) of pre-clinical simulated transplant testing was expanded to
include a control arm of cold stored swine livers using standard of care cold liver
preservation solution. Except for the cold preservation phase, the ol for this
arm of the group was identical to the OCS simulated transplant arm of the same group
(C). The detailed protocol and results are described below.
Like Phase I, 70-95 kg Yorkshires swine were used as a test t for Phase
II. For this phase, two animals were used for each study, with the first animal as the
organ donor, and a second animal as a blood donor for the simulated phase of
perfusion on the OCS.
In this simulated animal transplant model, the donor organ was exposed to the
identical conditions of organ retrieval, preservation, and terminal cooling for
transplantation as in orthotopic transplant. The only difference was that in the
transplant phase the organ was reperfused with another animal’s un-modified whole
blood in an o OCS perfusion system to control for all the confounding variables
of orthotopic transplants that may shadow the true impact of preservation injury on
the donor organ. The donor organ’s function and s of injury monitored during
simulated transplant phase were identical to the ones that would be red during
opic lantation. The acceptance criteria for Phase 11 samples were the
same as those outlined above, and were measured during the 4 hours of simulated
transplant.
Phase 11, Simulated Transplant OCS arm, 6 samples (N=6).
This set was achieved by replicating all key clinical steps of liver retrieval,
preservation and simulated transplantation processes in the following sequence:
Donor Organ Retrieval (30 — 45 minutes): During this phase, the donor organ
was retrieved, and cold flushed for 30 - 45minutes to replicate the clinical condition
of donor liver retrieval and instrumentation on the OCS Liver system. The same prep,
organ retrieval, cannulation and pre-OCS flush were performed as described in Phase
Donor Liver Preservation on OCS (8 hours): During this phase, the donor
organ ent ex-vivo ion and assessment using OCS Liver system. During
this phase, the liver was monitored and assessed hourly for marker of liver injury
(AST level), marker for lic function (Lactate level), and bile production rate as
a marker for liver function/Viability. The same organ preservation was performed for
this group as the 8 hour preservation samples described in Phase I.
Post-OCS Preservation Cold Ischemia (45 minutes): During this phase the
donor liver was flushed using cold flush solution as specified in the proposed clinical
protocol to ate final cooling of the donor liver required for re-implantation.
Donor livers were maintained cold for 45 minutes to replicate the time required for
ming the re-implantation procedure in the recipient. Using the Final Flush line
included in the OCS Liver perfusion termination set, the liver was flushed and cooled
on the OCS using 3L of Cold PlasmaLyte solution supplemented with Sodium
bicarbonate (NHCO3) lO mml/L, Epoprostenol Sodium 2 mcg/L and
Methylprednisolone 160 mg/L flush, supplying 1 liter at ~50-70 mmHg to the hepatic
artery, and a 2 liter gravity drain to the portal vein. The liver was then disconnected
from the OCS and placed in a cold saline bath for 45 minutes.
Final Reperfusion of the Donor Liver (4 : The transplantation was
replicated/simulated by the following s to isolate the graft assessment markers
of ischemia and reperfusion due to preservation technique from other confounding
variables associated with the transplant model ibed above). The liver graft was
reperfused eX-vivo in a new OCS liver perfusion module using normothermic fresh
whole blood from a different swine at 37°C for 4 hours. For the simulated transplant
phase, a new ion module was used to perfuse the organ on the OCS. The
perfusion pressures/flows were lled to near physiologic levels and temperature
was maintained at 37°C. The liver was monitored hourly for the same markers as in
the preservation period. In on, liver tissue samples were evaluated
histologically to assess c tissue architecture and any signs of injury in the same
way as described above in Phase 1.
Phase 11, Simulated Transplant Cold Preservation Control arm (N=6).
This was achieved by replicating all key al steps of liver retrieval,
preservation and simulated transplantation processes in the following sequence:
Donor Organ Retrieval (30-45 minutes): During this phase, the donor organ
was retrieved, for 30-45 minutes to replicate the clinical condition of donor liver
retrieval. The same prep, organ retrieval, cannulation and pre-OCS flush were
med as described in Phase I.
Donor liver cold preservation: During this phase, the donor liver was
preserved for 8 hours using standard of care cold storage solution Belzer UW® (UW
Solution) for liver flush and storage at 2-5°C to mimic the standard of care for liver
cold preservation.
Post-cold Preservation, organ flush and preparation (45 minutes): During this
phase the donor liver was flushed with cold flush solution using the final flush line
included in the OCS liver perfiJsion termination set. The liver was flushed using 3L
of cold PlasmaLyte solution supplemented with Sodium onate (NaHCO3) 10
mml/L, Epoprostenol Sodium 2 mcg/L and Methylprednisolone 160 mg/L flush,
supplying 1 liter at ~50-70 mmHg to the hepatic artery, and a 2 liter gravity drain to
the portal vein. The liver was then disconnected from the OCS and placed in a cold
saline bath for 45 minutes.
Final Reperfusion of the Donor Liver (4 hours): The transplantation was
replicated/simulated by the following process to isolate the graft assessment s
of ischemia and reperfusion due to vation technique from other confounding
variables associated with the transplant model (described above). The liver graft was
reperfused eX-vivo in a new OCS liver ion module using normothermic fresh
whole blood from a different swine for 4 hours. The perfiJsion pressures/flows were
controlled to near physiologic levels and temperature was maintained at 37°C. The
liver was monitored hourly for the same markers as in the preservation period. In
addition, liver tissue samples were evaluated histologically to assess hepatic tissue
architecture and any signs of injury in the same way as bed above in Phase I.
The results observed for Phase II, indicate that samples that were perfiised
using the OCS system ed better post—perfusion results than samples that were
subjected to cold storage. The samples that were subject to cold storage, did not meet
the acceptance criteria described usly during the 4 hours of simulated
lant, as compared to the OCS arm of the group.
In the cold storage control arm, the metabolic liver functions demonstrated
le and worsening profile over the course of the 4 hours of the simulated
transplant as evidenced by the higher and unstable lactate trend, as compared to the
OCS arm of the group, which trated much better metabolic function, as
ced by trending down arterial lactate. This indicates that the OCS-arm livers
had significantly better metabolic function as compared to the cold storage control
arm. In the cold storage control arm, the liver enzyme (AST) profile, which is a
sensitive marker of liver injury, was unstable and trending up to much higher levels
than the OCS arm of the group. This indicates compromised liver functions for liver
grafts in the control arm, as compared to the well persevered and good oning
liver grafts in the OCS arm, which was demonstrated by much lower level of Liver
enzyme (AST) trend in the OCS arm. In the cold storage control arm, the pH trend
required much higher doses of HCO3 to achieve and maintain a stable metabolic
profile, than the doses ed for the OCS arm of the group. This indicates that the
OCS arm was able to maintain a much better metabolic profile than the cold storage
control arm. The bile production rate was less in the cold storage l arm than in
the OCS arm. This indicates better liver graft functions in the OCS arm as compared
to the cold storage control arm. The perfusion parameters were comparable for both
arms of the group. Based on the above comparison results, the OCS arm successfully
met the protocol pre-specified acceptance criteria while the cold storage control arm
did not meet the identical acceptance ia.
depicts Hepatic Artery Flow on a simulated transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a ted transplant l cold preservation arm. As
illustrated, the graph of depicts stable Hepatic Artery Flow (HAF) over the
course of 4 hours of perfusion on the OCS during the simulated transplant period.
depicts Portal Vein Flow on a simulated transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm. As
illustrated in , the graph demonstrates Stable Portal Vein Flow (PVF) over the
course of 4 hours perfusion on the OCS during the simulated transplant period.
depicts c Artery Pressure vs. Portal Vein Pressure in a
simulated transplant OCS—Liver preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control
cold preservation arm. The graph of trates a stable Hepatic Artery
Pressure (HAP) and Portal Vein Pressure (PVP) trend over the course of 4 hours
perfusion on the OCS.
depicts Arterial e on a simulated lant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm. The graph
of demonstrate that the OCS-arm perfilsed livers had a much better metabolic
function, as ced by trending down al Lactate. This indicates that the
OCS-arm livers had significantly better metabolic function as compared to cold stored
arm.
depicts bile production of a simulated transplant OCS—Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold vation arm. The graph
of demonstrates that the OCS arm perfiased livers had a higher bile
tion rate as compared to cold stored livers. This indicates better liver graft
function in the OCS group vs. a cold stored group.
depicts a AST Level of simulated transplant OCS-Liver preservation
arm vs. a ted transplant control cold preservation arm. The graph of
demonstrates that the OCS perfused livers had a significantly lower AST levels
throughout the 4 hour simulated transplant period. This indicates significantly less
liver injury to the graft in the OCS group as compared to the cold stored group.
depicts ACT Levels of a simulated transplant OCS-Liver preservation
arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm. Activated clotting time
(ACT) was maintained above 300 sec over the course of 8 hours perfusion on the
OCS.
depicts oncotic pressure of a simulated lant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold vation arm. As
depicted in , there was stable c pressure on the OCS-Liver preservation
arm.
depicts the Bicarb Level of a simulated lant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm.
depicts pH Levels of a simulated transplant OCS-Liver preservation
arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm. The graph of
demonstrates that an OCS perfused liver had better pH values over the course of 4
hours of perfusion on the OCS as compared to the cold stored livers. OCS ed
livers needed very minimal HCO3 correction as compared to the cold stored group,
this is an indication of better oning liver grafts in the OCS arm as ed to
the control arm.
As illustrated in , histological examination of hymal tissue and
Bile duct tissue shows normal liver sinusoidal structure with no evidence of necrosis
or ischemia and normal bile duct epithelial cells indicating adequate perfusion and
lack of ischemic injury.
As illustrated in , histological examination of Parenchymal tissue and
Bile duct tissue shows significant hemorrhage and congestion within the parenchyma,
Interlobular hemorrhage, multifocal wide spread interlobular hemorrhage, and
Lobular congestion.
C. Phase III
This group of pre-clinical simulated transplant testing was conducted to
e OCS preserved livers (3 samples) for 12 hours versus control arm livers
preserved cold (3 samples) using the rd of care cold liver preservation solution
Belzer UW® (UW on) for 12 hours. Both the OCS arm and the cold storage
arm were then ed for 24 hours in a simulated transplant model on the OCS
using leukocyte-reduced blood from a different animal. Except for the cold
vation phase, the ol for both arms of the group was identical. During the
simulated transplant phase, organ function and stability were assessed by monitoring
and measuring stable perfusion parameters maintained in pre-specified ranges, bile
production, liver biomarkers including AST, ALT, ALP, GGT, and total bilirubin, pH
levels, and arterial lactate levels. After the simulated transplant phase, livers were
sampled for histopathology assessment. The acceptance criteria for this phase was the
same as the acceptance ia ed in phase I.
OCS arm:
Donor Organ Retrieval: During this phase, the donor organ was retrieved, and
cold flushed to replicate the clinical condition of donor liver retrieval and
instrumentation on the OCS Liver system. The same prep, organ retrieval,
ation and pre-OCS flush were performed as described in Phase I.
Donor Liver Preservation on OCS (12 hours): During this phase, the donor
organ underwent ex-vivo perfusion and assessment using OCS Liver system. Similar
organ preservation was performed for this group as the 8 hour preservation samples
bed in phase 1. The prime perfusate was composed of l500-2000ml RBCs
(Haemonetics Cell Saver), 400 ml Albumin 25%, 700 ml of PlasmaLyte, Antibiotic
(gram ve and gram negative) lg Cefazolin anleO mg Levofloxacin, 500mg of
Solu-Medrol, 20mg, Dexamethasone, 50 mmol Hco3, l vial of multivitamin, and 10
ml of Ca gluconate (4.65 mEq)
During preservation, 80% 02 was used starting at a rate of 450 ml/min starting
just before organ instrumentation and was adjusted according to the arterial pC02 and
p02. Temperature was maintained at 34°C.
Continuous infusion was delivered using the integrated OCS—SDS. Flolan was
added to the HA inflow at 0-20 mic/hr (0—20ml/hr), as needed (0.05mg Flolan in 50
ml of Flolan Diluent “lmic/ml”). CLINIMIX E TPN with 30 IU of insulin, 25g of
glucose and 40000 U of Heparin added was continuously infused to the PV at a rate of
30mL/h starting with priming. Na holic Salt, Gama sterilized Bile salt was
infilsed at a rate of 3 mL/h (concentration 1 g/50 m1 sterile water) ng with
priming.
Target pressures and flows were: Portal Vein pressure 1—8 mmHg; Portal Vein
flow 7 L/min; Hepatic Artery pressure 85—1 10 mmHg; and Hepatic artery flow
0.3—0.7 L/min.
Using the Final Flush line included in the OCS Liver ion termination
set, the liver was flushed and cooled on the OCS using 3L of Cold Lyte
solution, supplying 1 liter at ~50—70 mmHg to the hepatic artery, and a 2 liter gravity
drain to the portal vein. The liver was then disconnected from the OCS and placed in
a cold saline bath for 45 minutes.
Cold Static preservation storage arm:
The same prep, organ retrieval, cannulation and pre-OCS flush were
performed as described in Phase 1.
After flushing the organ with 3 Liters ofUW, it was stored cold in UW
on at temperature ~5 degree for 12 hours. Using the Final Flush line included in
the OCS Liver perfusion termination set, the liver was flushed and cooled on the OCS
using 3L of Cold PlasmaLyte solution, supplying 1 liter at ~50--70 mmHg to the
hepatic artery, and a 2 liter gravity drain to the portal vein. The liver was then
disconnected from the OCS and placed in a cold saline bath for 45 s.
Both sets of livers were ted to the post—transplant phase for 24 hours,
where they were instrumented onto an OCS machine and supplied with a post-
perfusate solution comprising 1500-3000 ml leukocytes reduced blood, 100 ml
Albumin 25%, Antibiotic (gram positive and gram negative) lg Cefazolin and100 mg
Levofloxacin, 500 mg of Solu-Medrol, 20mg, Dexamethasone, 50 mmol HCO3, 1
vial of multivitamin, and 10 ml of Ca gluconate (4.65 mEq). During simulated
lant, 80% 02 was used starting at a rate of 450 ml/min starting just before organ
W0 2015/187737
instrumentation and was adjusted according to the arterial pCO2 and p02.
Temperature was maintained at 37°C.
Continuous infusion was delivered using the ated OCS—SDS. Flolan was
added to the HA inflow at 0-20 mic/hr. (0-20ml/hr.), as needed (0.05mg Flolan in 50
ml of Flolan Diluent “1mic/ml”). CLINIMIX E TPN with 30 IU of insulin, 25 g of
e and 40000 U of Heparin added was continuously infiased to the PV at a rate of
30mL/h starting with priming. Na Taurocholic Salt, Gama sterilized Bile salt was
infused at a rate of 3 mL/h (concentration lg/50 ml sterile water) starting with
Target pressures and flows were: Portal Vein pressure 1—8 mmHg; Portal Vein
flow 0.7—1.7 L/min; Hepatic Artery pressure 85—1 10 mmHg; and Hepatic artery flow
0.3—0.7 L/min.
Using the Final Flush line included in the OCS Liver perfiision termination
set, the liver was flushed and cooled on the OCS using 3L of Cold PlasmaLyte
solution, supplying 1 liter at ~50-70 mmHg to the hepatic artery, and a 2 liter gravity
drain to the portal vein. Each Liter will be supplemented by 10 mmol HCO3 and
150mg of Solu-Medrol. The liver was then disconnected from the OCS and placed in
a cold saline bath for 45 minutes. Table 9 below illustrates the liver perfusate
infiisions and rate.
TABLE 9. OCS liver perfusate infusions and rate
V ... ‘.' «\c ex ,4. .. \‘ “\.\"~._
\ m 3 MN; }, MAS..-
is a samples location diagram illustrating locations of samples from a
liver of a pig.
The ing liver histopathology sampling protocol was followed to assess
the sample livers.
WO 87737
Samples collection time: At completion of the experiment (at the end of the
24hr simulated transplant phase).
Method and Samples collected:
1. Gross Picture: photographs of capsular and under surface of the OCS and CS
livers at the beginning of the gross examination post study.
2. Bile Duct: entire extra-hepatic bile duct and as much adherent nding
tissue (not surgically dissected from the surrounding tissue) in a neutral-buffered
formalin jar.
3. Electron Microscogy (EM): 0.1 cm (1 mm) fragment of the liver tissue from
the peripheral and deep aspect of the Left Lateral Lobe and the Right Medial Lobe.
Place the tissue specimen in electron microscopy fixative.
4. Hegatic Parenchyma (LM): 1 x 1 cm sections obtained from the periphery and
deep aspects of each lobe (total of 8), and preserved in Formalin. ns thickness
no more than 3-5mm and fixative volume 15 — 20 times higher than the specimen
. Any obvious defect was sampled.
Samples Locations:
Two samples were collected from each lobe according to the to access
the hepatic parenchyma, each sample will be preserved in separate jar filled with 10%
formalin and labeled accordingly.
1. Left Lateral Lobe L’eripberal—-M(LLLP--LZW)
2. Left Lateral Lobe L’eripberal— -EM(LLLP--EZW)
3. Left Lateral Lobe Qeep- D- -L]ll)
4. Left l Lobe Qeep- -EM(LLLD- -Elll)
. Left Medial Lobe L’eripberal— -M(LMLP--LZW)
6. Left Medial Lobe Qeep— -IM(LMLD--LM)
7. Light Medial Lobe L’eriplzeral—-M(RMLP--LZW)
8. Eight Medial Lobe L’erz’pheral— -EM(RMLP--EZW)
9. flight Medial Lobe Qeep- —LM (RMLD- -L]VI)
. Eight Medial Lobe Qeep--EM(RMLD--E]VI)
l 1. Eight Lateral Lobe L’eripheral— -M(RLLP--LZW)
12. Li’z'ght l Lobe Qeep- -M(RLLD--LMO
13. Extra- tic Elle Qact (EHBD)
Data Collection and Analysis
Preservation data was summarized in tabular and graphic form, depending on
the variable. Then continuous variables were analyzed with means, medians, standard
deviations, and minimum and maximum values. After that, AST, ALT, GGT, ALP
test results were collected, recorded and ed. Next, arterial lactate was collected,
recorded and attached. pH was then measured, recorded and attached. HCO3 levels
were then measured, recorded and attached. Lastly, total bile produced volume was
collected and recorded.
Results of Phase III.
The OCS arm (N=3) of this group successfully met all of the acceptance
criteria, which was pre-specified in the ol, by demonstrating the following
hout the 24 hours of the simulated transplant phase: Stable perfusion
parameters throughout preservation on the OCS for HAF, HAP, PVF and PVP, stable
or trending down arterial lactate, continuous bile production with a rate of >10 ml/hr.,
stable or trending down liver enzymes (AST), and normal and stable perfusate PH.
For e, illustrates the Hepatic Artery Pressure (HAP) trend over the
course of 24 hours perfusion on the OCS.
illustrates the Portal Vein Pressure in an OCS-Liver Preservation arm
vs the l Cold preservation arm. demonstrates the Portal Vein Pressure
(PVP) trend over the course of 24 hours perfusion on the OCS; the cold preservation
arm demonstrated an increase in the PVP over time compared to stable PVP for the
OCS preservation arm.
illustrates a Hepatic Artery Flow in a OCS-Liver vation arm vs.
control Cold vation arm. demonstrates stable Hepatic Artery Flow
(HAF) trend over the course of 24 hours perfusion on the OCS.
illustrates a Portal Vein Flow in an OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs.
control Cold preservation arm. demonstrates stable Portal Vein Flow (PVF)
trend over the course of 24 hours ion on the OCS.
In comparison, the ted transplant OCS arm (N=3) performed better than
the control arm. The perfusion parameters were comparable for both arms of the
group however the control arm vascular resistance was higher compared to the OCS
arm. The control arm had a much higher peak of the Lactate level at 7.8 mmol/L
compared to 2.4 mmol/L for the OCS arm. Both arms continued to produce bile
hout the simulated transplant phase at a rate >10ml/hr. For e,
depicts Arterial Lactate in an OCS—Liver Preservation arm vs. a control Cold
preservation arm. demonstrates Arterial Lactate in an OCS-Liver
Preservation arm vs. l Cold preservation arm. This indicates that the OCS-arm
livers had significantly better metabolic function as compared to cold stored arm.
Liver enzymes which is a sensitive ker of Liver injury (AST, ALT, and
the GGT) showed a much higher peaks compared to the OCS arm of the group.
Average AST peak was 88.7 in the OCS arm compared to 1188 for the control arm.
Average ALT levels peaked at 31.3 for the OCS arm compared to a peak of 82 for the
control arm. Average GGT levels peaked at 28.7 for the OCS arm compared to 97 for
the control arm. This indicates well preserved Livers and less cell injury for Liver
grafts preserved on the OCS arm as compared to the control arm. For example, rates an AST Level OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. control Cold
Preservation arm. demonstrates that the OCS perfused livers had
significantly lower AST levels throughout the 24 hours simulated transplant period.
This indicates significantly less liver injury to the graft in the OCS group as compared
to the cold stored group.
FIG 68 illustrates an ALT Level OCS-Liver vation arm vs. control Cold
preservation arm. demonstrates that the OCS perfused livers had lower ALT
levels with an average peak at 31.3 ed to average peak of 82 for the control
group. This indicates less liver injury to the graft in the OCS arm as compared to the
control cold stored arm.
depicts a GGT Level of an OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. control
Cold preservation arm. demonstrates that the OCS perfused livers had a
much lower GGT levels throughout the 24 hr. period. This indicates better
hepatobilliary protection of the graft in the OCS arm as compared to the control cold
stored arm.
The OCS arm demonstrated better metabolic profile ed to the control
arm as manifested by the stable and normal pH levels compared to a lower pH for the
control arm. This indicates that the OCS arm was able to maintain a much better
metabolic profile than the control arm. For example, depicts a pH level of an
OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. a control Cold preservation arm. As demonstrated by
, OCS ed livers had normal and stable pH values over the course of 24
hours of perfusion as compared to the Control cold preservation arm livers.
Also the OCS arm demonstrated better metabolic Liver fianctions as shown by
higher HCO3 levels over the course of the 24 hours of the simulated transplant, as
compared to the control arm of the group, which trated lower HCO3
throughout the ted transplant phase. This indicates that the OCS-arm livers had
better metabolic function as compared to the control arm. For example,
depicts a HCO3 level in an OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. a Control Cold
vation arm. As illustrated in , OCS perfused livers had higher HCO3
levels over the course of 24 hours of perfusion as compared to the l cold
preservation arm livers.
depicts a bile production OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. control
Cold preservation arm. demonstrates that both arms ined bile
production rate of >10ml/hr. Based on the above presented data, The OCS has
demonstrated stable ion and metabolic profile with well-preserved liver graft
functions for up to 12 hours of OCS preservation. In addition, when compared to the
control arm of cold static preservation, in the simulated transplant model, the OCS
ed swine livers demonstrated a significantly better metabolic function, as
evidenced by their ability to metabolize lactate to baseline levels as compared to cold
stored livers where lactate continued to rise to significantly higher levels.
Additionally, the OCS perfiised swine livers had significantly lower AST levels as
compared to the much higher level of AST in the simulated transplant l arm,
which indicates better Liver graft functions in the OCS arm as compared to the
control cold stored arm. The results of this pre-clinical OCS Liver device testing
demonstrated that the OCS device is safe and effective in preservation of swine livers,
as evidenced by meeting the specified acceptance criteria. The differences observed
between the control arm and the OCS arm in Phase III were r to the differences
observed in Phase 11, indicating that the OCS arm had better results. Additional uses
While preservation of a donor organ which is intended for transplantation has
been described above, some embodiments of the organ care system 600 described
herein can be used for other purposes. For example, the system 600 can also be used
for maintaining an organ during reconstructive or other types of surgery, therapy,
and/or treatment (e.g., cated, high-risk surgeries and/or treatments). That is,
some surgeries, therapies, and/or treatments can be damaging to the human body, if
the procedure were performed on an in vivo organ. Thus, it can be beneficial to
remove the organ from the patient’s body, perform surgery on and/or treat the organ
ex vivo, and then reimplant the organ back into the patient’s body. For example,
certain radiation therapies can be damaging to tissue surrounding the organ. Thus, by
removing the organ, ive radiation y can be med on the organ
t collateral damage to the patient’s body. Other embodiments are possible.
D. Ex-vivo treatment of diseased livers, including cancer, fatty ,
infection, by delivery of therapeutics to organ
In some embodiments, the liver preserved on the organ care system 600 can be
subjected to ex-vivo eutic treatment of liver es. Non-limiting examples of
liver diseases include cancer, fatty livers, and liver infection. The therapy can be
conducted by adding eutic agents to the perfusion fluid circulating through the
organ care system 600, thereby providing it to the liver itself. atively, the
therapeutic agents can be directly added into one or more nutritional solution
described herein. In some embodiments, the temperature of the perfusion fluid and/or
liver can be maintained at 400 C or 42° C, which can accelerate the rate of breakdown
and dissolution of fatty cells in the liver.
Non-limiting examples of anti-cancer therapeutic agents suitable for ex-vivo
therapeutic treatment of liver cancer e ubule binding agents, DNA
intercalators or linkers, DNA synthesis inhibitors, DNA and/or RNA
transcription inhibitors, antibodies, enzymes, enzyme inhibitors, gene regulators,
and/or angiogenesis inhibitors. Anti-cancer "Microtubule binding agent" refers to an
agent that interacts with tubulin to stabilize or destabilize microtubule formation
thereby inhibiting cell division. Examples of microtubule binding agents include,
without limitation, paclitaxel, docetaxel, Vinblastine, vindesine, lbine
(navelbine), the epothilones, colchicine, atin 15, nocodazole, podophyllotoxin
and rhizoxin. Analogs and tives of such compounds also can be used and will
be known to those of ry skill in the art.
Anti-cancer DNA and/or RNA transcription regulators e, without
limitation, mycin D, daunorubicin, doxorubicin and derivatives and analogs
thereof. DNA intercalators and cross-linking agents include, without limitation,
cisplatin, carboplatin, oxaliplatin, mitomycins, such as mitomycin C, bleomycin,
chlorambucil, cyclophosphamide and derivatives and analogs thereof. DNA synthesis
tors include, without limitation, methotrexate, o-5'-deoxyuridine, 5-
fluorouracil and analogs thereof Examples of suitable enzyme inhibitors include,
without limitation, camptothecin, etoposide, formestane, trichostatin and tives
and analogs thereof. Other anti-tumor agents can include adriamycin, apigenin,
rapamycin, zebularine, cimetidine, and derivatives and analogs f. Any other
suitable liver cancer eutic agents known in the art are contemplated.
A r advantage of the chemotherapy described above is its specificity: the
anticancer agent is specifically delivered to the diseased organ, the liver, without any
undesirable toxicity to other healthy organs or tissues.
Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents suitable for ex vivo therapeutic
treatment of fatty liver disease include pioglitazone, rosiglitazone, orlistat, ursodiol,
and betaine. Any other suitable fatty liver therapeutic agents known in the art are
contemplated.
Non-limiting es of therapeutic agents suitable for o therapeutic
treatment of liver infection include on alfa-2b, terferon alfa-2a, ribavirin,
telaprevir, boceprevir, simeprevir, and sofobuvir. Any other suitable liver infection
therapeutic agents known in the art are contemplated.
E. Regenerative approaches including Stem cell or gene delivery
In other embodiments, the organ preserved by the organ care system 600
described herein can be subjected to regenerative treatments. Non-limiting examples
of the organ regenerative treatments include stem cell therapy or gene delivery
therapy. Stem cells are undifferentiated ical cells that can differentiate into
specialized cells, e.g., hepatocytes. Adult stem cells can be harvested from blood,
adipose, and bone marrow of the donor of the liver with various types of liver
diseases, or of another adult with compatible stem cells (stem cells transplantation).
The isolated stem cells, e.g, bone marrow cells, can be used to infuse the d or
diseased liver preserved on the organ care system 600 to repair the liver to a healthier
state. For instance, the isolated stem cells can be ed from the donor and
included in the blood product in the perfusion fluid.
In some other embodiments, the liver ved by the organ care system 600
described herein can be subjected to gene delivery therapy. Gene delivery is the
s of introducing foreign DNA into host cells, e.g., liver cells, to effect treatment
of diseases. In certain embodiments, the gene delivery therapy is virus-mediated gene
delivery utilizing a virus to inject its DNA inside the liver cells. Non—limiting
examples of suitable viruses include retrovirus, adenovirus, adeno-associated virus
and herpes simplex virus. In some embodiments, a gene that is used to treat certain
liver diseases is packaged into a vector (virus or other) and included as part of the
perfusion fluid to perfuse the liver or added to the circulation of the organ care system
600 ly.
F. o immune modulation
In other embodiments, the donor’s liver preserved by the organ care system
600 described herein can be subjected to immune regulations. Immune responses and
their modulation within the liver can affect the outcome liver transplantation. More
importantly, a liver disease can be treated by inducing, enhancing, or suppressing an
immune response from the liver. For instance, the liver immune system can be
activated to attack malicious tissues to treat liver cancer. On the other hand, the liver
immune system can be ssed to treat autoimmune liver disease such as
autoimmune hepatitis. Any suppressive agents or immune activating agents
known in the art can be used to treat the preserved liver to achieve the desirable
effect.
G. EX-vivo surgical treatment of livers
In yet other embodiments, the donor’s liver preserved by the organ care
system 600 described herein can be subjected to surgical treatment such as liver tumor
resection or split transplant where the liver is divided between two ent patients.
In yet other embodiments, the donor’s liver preserved by the organ care system 600
described herein can be subjected to irradiation therapy to treat certain liver diseases
such as liver cancer.
XI. Conclusion
Other embodiments are within the scope and spirit of the disclosed subject
matter. In some embodiments, a perfiision circuit for perfusing a liver eX-vivo is
disclosed, which comprises a pump for ing pulsatile fluid flow of a perfusion
fluid through the circuit, a gas exchanger, a divider in fluid ication with the
pump red to divide the perfusion fluid flow into a first branch and a second
branch wherein the first branch comprises a c artery interface wherein the first
branch is configured to provide a first portion of the perfilsion fluid to a hepatic artery
ofthe liver at a high pressure and low flow rate via the hepatic artery interface
n the first branch is in fluid pressure communication with the pump wherein
the second branch comprises a portal vein interface wherein the second branch is
configured to provide a second portion of the perfusion fluid to a portal vein of the
liver at a low pressure and high flow rate via the portal vein interface the second
branch r comprising a clamp located between the divider and the portal vein
interface for selectively lling the flow rate of perfilsion fluid to the portal vein
the second branch fiurther sing a compliance chamber configured to reduce the
pulsatile flow teristics of the perfusion fluid from the pump to the portal vein
wherein the pump is configured to communicate fluid pressure through the first and
second branches to the liver, a drain configured to receive perfusion fluid from an
uncannulated inferior vena cava of the liver, and a reservoir positioned below the liver
and located between drain and the pump, configured to receive the perfusion fluid
from the drain and store a volume of fluid.
In certain embodiments, the second branch of a perfiision t comprises a
plurality of compliance chambers. In certain embodiments, a compliance chamber in
a ion circuit is located between the divider and the portal vein interface. In
certain embodiments, a portal vein interface of a perfirsion circuit has a larger cross
sectional area than a hepatic artery interface. In certain embodiments, a perfusion
circuit includes at least one flow rate sensor in a second , and at least one
pressure . In certain embodiments, a pump comprises a pump driver, and the
position of the pump driver is adjustable to control the pattern of pulsatile flow to a
liver. In some embodiments a clamp comprises an engaged position and a
disengaged position, the clamp may be adjusted to select the desired ng force
and corresponding flow rate when the clamp is in the disengaged position, the clamp
may be moved to the engaged position to apply the selected clamping force without
further ment when in the engaged position, such that a user may quickly engage
and disengage the clamp while still having e l over the amount of
clamping force applied to the perfusion circuit.
In some embodiments, a system for perfiasing an ex vivo liver at near
physiologic conditions is disclosed, the system comprising a perfusion circuit
comprising a pump for g perfusion fluid through the circuit, the pump in fluid
communication with a hepatic artery interface and a portal vein interface, wherein the
pump provides perfusion fluid to a hepatic artery of the liver at a high pressure and
low flow rate via the hepatic artery interface; and wherein the pump es
ion fluid to the a portal vein of the liver at a low pressure and high flow rate Via
the portal vein interface, a gas exchanger, a heating subsystem for ining the
temperature of the perfusion fluid at a normothermic temperature, a drain configured
to receive the perfusion fluid from an inferior vena cava of the liver, a reservoir
configured to receive perfiJsion fluid from the drain and store a volume of fluid. In
some embodiments, a heating subsystem is red to maintain the perfusion fluid
at a temperature between 34-3 7° C. In some embodiments, a the perfusion circuit
comprises an inferior vena cava cannula. In some embodiments, a control system for
controlling operation of the system is disclosed, comprising an onboard computer
system connected to one or more of the ents in the system, a data acquisition
subsystem comprising at least one sensor for obtaining data ng to the organ, and
a data management subsystem for storing and maintaining data relating to operation
of the system and with respect to the liver. In some embodiments, a heading
subsystem comprises a dual feedback loop for controlling the temperature of the
perfusion fluid within the system.
In some embodiments, a system for preserving a liver ex vivo at physiologic
conditions is disclosed, comprising a multiple use module sing a pulsatile
pump, a single use module comprising, a perfusion circuit configured to provide
perfusion fluid to the liver, a pump interface assembly for translating pulsatile
pumping from the pump to the perfusion fluid, a hepatic artery interface red to
deliver perfiasion fluid to a c artery of the liver, a portal vein interface
configured to deliver perfusion fluid to a portal vein of the liver, a divider to supply
perfusion fluid flow from the pump interface assembly to the hepatic artery interface
at a high pressure and low flow rate and to the portal vein interface at a low pressure
IO and high flow rate, an organ chamber assembly configured to hold an ex vivo organ,
the organ r assembly including a housing, a flexible support surface suspended
within the organ chamber assembly, and a bile container configured to collect bile
produced by the liver.
In some embodiments, flexible support surface is configured to m to
differently sized , and further comprising projections to stabilize the liver in the
organ chamber assembly. In some embodiments, a e support surface ses
a top layer, a bottom layer, and a deformable metal substrate positioned between the
top layer and the bottom layer. In some embodiments, a flexible support surface is
configured to cradle and controllably support a liver without applying undue pressure
to the liver. In some embodiments, a single use module comprises a wrap configured
to cover the liver in the organ chamber ly. In some embodiments, a single use
module comprises a sensor to measure the volume of bile ted in the bile
container. In some ments, a single use module can be sized and shaped for
interlocking with a portable chassis of the multiple use module for electrical,
mechanical, gas and fluid interoperation with the multiple use module. In some
embodiments, multiple and single use modules can communicate with each other via
an optical interface, which comes into l alignment automatically upon the single
use disposable module being installed into the portable multiple use module.
The subject matter described herein can be implemented using digital
electronic circuitry, or in computer software, firmware, or hardware, including the
ural means disclosed in this ication and structural equivalents thereof, or in
combinations of them. The subject matter described herein can be implemented as
one or more computer program products, such as one or more computer programs
tangibly embodied in an ation carrier (e.g., in a machine-readable storage
device), or embodied in a ated signal, for execution by, or to control the
operation of, data processing apparatus (e.g., a mmable processor, a computer,
or multiple computers). A computer program (also known as a program, re,
software application, or code) can be written in any form ofprogramming language,
including compiled or interpreted languages, and it can be deployed in any form,
including as a stand-alone program or as a module, ent, subroutine, or other
unit suitable for use in a computing environment. A computer program does not
necessarily correspond to a file. A program can be stored in a n of a file that
holds other programs or data, in a single file dedicated to the program in question, or
in multiple nated files (e.g., files that store one or more modules, sub-programs,
or ns of code). A computer program can be deployed to be executed on one
computer or on multiple computers at one site or distributed across multiple sites and
interconnected by a communication network.
The processes and logic flows described in this specification, including the
method steps of the subject matter described , can be med by one or more
programmable processors executing one or more computer programs to m
functions of the subject matter described herein by operating on input data and
generating output. The processes and logic flows can also be performed by, and
apparatus of the subject matter described herein can be ented as, special
purpose logic circuitry, e.g., an FPGA (field programmable gate array) or an ASIC
(application-specific integrated circuit).
Processors suitable for the execution of a er program include, by way
of example, both general and special purpose microprocessors, and any one or more
sor of any kind of digital computer. Generally, a processor will receive
instructions and data from a read-only memory or a random access memory or both.
The essential elements of a computer are a processor for executing instructions and
one or more memory devices for g instructions and data. Generally, a computer
will also include, or be operatively coupled to receive data from or transfer data to, or
both, one or more mass storage devices for storing data, e.g., magnetic,
magneto-optical disks, or optical disks. Information carriers suitable for embodying
computer program instructions and data include all forms of non-volatile memory,
ing by way of example semiconductor memory devices, (e.g., EPROM,
EEPROM, and flash memory devices); ic disks, (e.g., internal hard disks or
removable disks); magneto-optical disks; and optical disks (e. g., CD and DVD disks).
The processor and the memory can be supplemented by, or incorporated in, special
purpose logic try.
To provide for interaction with a user, the subject matter bed herein can
be implemented on a computer having a display device, e.g., a CRT (cathode ray
tube) or LCD (liquid crystal display) monitor, for displaying information to the user
and a rd and a pointing device, (e.g., a mouse or a trackball), by which the user
can provide input to the er. Other kinds of devices can be used to provide for
interaction with a user as well. For example, feedback provided to the user can be any
form of sensory ck, (e.g., visual feedback, auditory feedback, or tactile
feedback), and input from the user can be received in any form, including acoustic,
speech, or tactile input.
The ques described herein can be ented using one or more
modules. As used herein, the term “module” refers to computing software, firmware,
hardware, and/or various combinations thereof. At a minimum, r, modules are
not to be interpreted as software that is not implemented on re, firmware, or
recorded on a non-transitory sor readable recordable storage medium (i.e.,
modules are not software per se). Indeed “module” is to be reted to always
e at least some physical, non-transitory hardware such as a part of a processor
or computer. Two different modules can share the same physical hardware (e.g., two
different modules can use the same processor and network interface). The modules
described herein can be combined, integrated, separated, and/or duplicated to support
various applications. Also, a fianction described herein as being performed at a
particular module can be performed at one or more other modules and/or by one or
more other devices instead of or in addition to the fiinction performed at the particular
module. Further, the modules can be implemented across multiple devices and/or
other components local or remote to one another. Additionally, the modules can be
moved from one device and added to another device, and/or can be included in both
s.
The subject matter described herein can be ented in a computing
system that includes a back-end component (e.g., a data server), a middleware
component (e.g., an application server), or a front-end component (e.g., a client
2015/033839
computer having a graphical user interface or a web browser through which a user can
interact with an implementation of the subject matter described herein), or any
combination of such back-end, middleware, and front-end components. The
components of the system can be interconnected by any form or medium of l
data communication, e.g., a ication network. Examples of communication
networks include a local area network (“LAN”) and a wide area network (“WAN”),
e. g., the Internet.
Claims (26)
1. A perfusion circuit for perfusing a liver ex vivo, the perfusion t comprising: a pump for ing fluid flow of a ion fluid through the perfusion circuit; a gas exchanger; a solution pump configured to infuse a solution into the perfusion fluid; a divider in fluid communication with the pump and configured to divide the fluid flow of the perfusion fluid into a first portion of the perfusion fluid flowing through a first branch and a second portion of the perfusion fluid flowing h a second branch, a volume of the second portion of the perfusion fluid being greater than a volume of the first portion of the perfusion fluid; wherein the first branch comprises a hepatic artery interface configured to provide the first portion of the perfusion fluid to a hepatic artery of the liver, the first portion of the ion fluid having a first pressure and a first flow rate at the hepatic artery interface, and the second branch comprises a portal vein interface configured to provide the second portion of the perfusion fluid to a portal vein of the liver, the second n of the perfusion fluid having a second pressure and a second flow rate at the portal vein interface; one or more drains configured to receive the perfusion fluid from an inferior vena cava of the liver; a reservoir positioned between the one or more drains and the pump, the reservoir configured to receive the perfusion fluid from the one or more drains and store a volume of the perfusion fluid; a bile container configured to receive bile produced by the liver.
2. The ion circuit of claim 1, wherein the bile container ses a soft shell through which light passes and a sensor configured to measure the received bile.
3. The perfusion circuit of claim 1 or claim 2, sing at least one flow rate sensor and at least one pressure sensor.
4. The perfusion circuit of any one of claims 1-3, configured such that the first pressure is between 25-150 mmHg, the first flow rate is between 0.25-1 Liters/minute, the second pressure is between 1-25 mmHg, and the second flow rate is between 0.75-2 /minute.
5. The ion circuit of any one of claims 1-4, wherein the solution pump is configured to periodically infuse the solution into the perfusion fluid.
6. The perfusion circuit of any one of claims 1-4, wherein the solution pump is ured to continuously infuse the solution into the perfusion fluid.
7. The perfusion circuit of any one of claims 1-6, wherein the second branch comprises: a clamp between the divider and the portal vein interface, the clamp configured to selectively control the second flow rate; and a compliance chamber configured to mitigate changes of pressure in the second n of the perfusion fluid from the pump to the portal vein.
8. The perfusion circuit of claim 7, wherein the clamp is configured to be moveable between an engaged position and a disengaged position, when the clamp is in the disengaged position, the clamp is adjustable to select a clamping force and corresponding flow rate, and when the clamp is in the engaged position, the clamp is configured to apply the selected clamping force without r adjustment.
9. The perfusion circuit of claim 7 or claim 8, wherein the compliance chamber is d between the r and the portal vein interface.
10. The perfusion circuit of any one of claims 1-9, n the solution pump is ured to infuse the solution comprising a nd supporting production of bile, the compound selected from a group ting of cholesterol; primary bile acids; secondary bile acids; glycine; taurine; and bile acids or salts.
11. The perfusion circuit of claim 1, wherein the pump comprises a pump driver, and wherein a position of the pump driver is adjustable to control a pattern of the fluid flow to the liver.
12. The perfusion circuit of any one of claims 1-11, wherein the solution comprises one or more compounds supporting production of the bile, a vasodilator, a therapeutic agent, an energy source, or an amino acid.
13. A system for perfusing an ex vivo liver at near physiologic conditions, the system comprising: a perfusion circuit comprising: a pump ured to provide a fluid flow of a ion fluid through the perfusion circuit; a gas exchanger; a divider in fluid communication with the pump, the divider configured to divide the perfusion fluid into: a first portion of the perfusion fluid flowing to a hepatic artery interface configured to provide the first portion of the perfusion fluid to a hepatic artery of the liver at a first re and a first flow rate, and a second n of the perfusion fluid flowing to a portal vein interface configured to provide the second portion of the perfusion fluid to a portal vein of the liver at a second pressure and a second flow rate; a heating subsystem for maintaining a temperature of the perfusion fluid at a normothermic temperature; a solution pump ured to infuse a solution into the perfusion fluid; and a bile container configured to receive bile produced by the liver.
14. The system of claim 13, comprising: a clamp between the divider and the portal vein interface, the clamp configured to selectively control the second flow rate; and a compliance chamber configured to mitigate changes of pressure in the second n of the perfusion fluid from the pump to the portal vein.
15. The system of claim 14, wherein the clamp is configured to be moveable between an engaged position and a disengaged position, when the clamp is in the disengaged position, the clamp is able to select a clamping force and ponding flow rate, and when the clamp is in the engaged position, the clamp is ured to apply the selected clamping force without further adjustment.
16. The system of any one of claims 13-15, comprising: one or more drains configured to receive the perfusion fluid from an or vena cava of the liver, and a reservoir configured to receive the ion fluid from the drain and store a volume of the perfusion fluid.
17. The system of any one of claims claim 13-16, wherein the heating subsystem is configured to maintain the temperature of the perfusion fluid at between 34-37º Celsius.
18. The system of any one of claims 13-17, wherein the perfusion circuit comprises an inferior vena cava cannula.
19. The system of any one of claims 13-18, comprising: a control system for controlling operation of the system; an onboard computer system connected to one or more ents of the system; a data acquisition subsystem comprising at least one sensor for obtaining data relating to the liver; and a data management subsystem for maintaining data relating to an operation of the system.
20. The system of any one of claims 13-19, wherein the g tem comprises a dual ck loop for controlling the temperature of the perfusion fluid.
21. The system of any one of claims 13-20, wherein the solution ses one or more compounds supporting production of the bile, a vasodilator, a therapeutic agent, an energy source, or an amino acid.
22. The system of claim 19, wherein the control system is configured to control the first pressure of the first portion of the ion fluid provided to the hepatic artery automatically.
23. The perfusion circuit of claim 1, wherein the first pressure of the first portion of the perfusion fluid provided to the hepatic artery is configured to be controlled tically.
24. The perfusion circuit of any one of claims 1-12 or 23, substantially as herein described with nce to any one or more of the examples but excluding comparative examples.
25. A system for preserving a liver ex vivo at physiological conditions, the system comprising: a multiple-use module comprising a pump; and a single-use module comprising: an organ-chamber assembly configured to hold an ex vivo organ, the organ-chamber assembly including: a housing; a flexible support surface suspended within the organ-chamber assembly; and a ion circuit configured to provide fluid flow of a perfusion fluid to the liver, the perfusion circuit comprising: a pump interface assembly for translating pumping from the pump to the perfusion fluid; a c artery interface configured to provide a first portion of the perfusion fluid to a hepatic artery of the liver; a portal vein interface configured to provide a second portion of the perfusion fluid to a portal vein of the liver; and a divider ured to provide the first portion of the perfusion fluid from the pump ace assembly to the hepatic artery interface at a re between 25-150 mmHg and a flow rate between 0.25-1 Liters/minute and the second portion of the perfusion fluid to the portal vein interface at a pressure between 1-25 mmHg and a flow rate between 0.75-2 Liters/minute.
26. The system of any one of claims 13-22 or 25, substantially as herein described with reference to any one or more of the examples but excluding comparative examples.
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201462006871P | 2014-06-02 | 2014-06-02 | |
| US201462006878P | 2014-06-02 | 2014-06-02 | |
| US62/006,878 | 2014-06-02 | ||
| US62/006,871 | 2014-06-02 | ||
| NZ726895A NZ726895B2 (en) | 2014-06-02 | 2015-06-02 | Ex vivo organ care system |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| NZ765006A NZ765006A (en) | 2021-10-29 |
| NZ765006B2 true NZ765006B2 (en) | 2022-02-01 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US11903381B2 (en) | Ex vivo organ care system | |
| CA3052378A1 (en) | Systems and methods for ex vivo organ care | |
| NZ765006B2 (en) | Ex vivo organ care system | |
| NZ765006A (en) | Ex vivo organ care system | |
| HK40057540A (en) | Perfusion circuit and system for perfusing an ex-vivo liver and system for preserving an ex-vivo liver | |
| HK40057540B (en) | Perfusion circuit and system for perfusing an ex-vivo liver and system for preserving an ex-vivo liver | |
| NZ726895B2 (en) | Ex vivo organ care system | |
| HK1236750B (en) | Ex vivo organ care system | |
| HK1236750A1 (en) | Ex vivo organ care system |